NEOANTIGENS AND USES THEREOF

CROSS-REFERENCE

This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/607,148, filed December 18,

2017; which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

BACKGROUND

[0001] Cancer immunotherapy is the use of the immune system to treat cancer. Immunotherapies exploit the fact that cancer cells often have molecules on their surface that can be detected by the immune system, known as tumor antigens, which are often proteins or other macromolecules (e.g. carbohydrates). Active immunotherapy directs the immune system to attack tumor cells by targeting tumor antigens. Passive immunotherapies enhance existing anti-tumor responses and include the use of monoclonal antibodies, lymphocytes and cytokines. Tumor vaccines are typically composed of tumor antigens and immuno stimulatory molecules (e.g., adjuvants, cytokines or TLR ligands) that work together to induce antigen-specific cytotoxic T cells (CTLs) that recognize and lyse tumor cells. One of the critical barriers to developing curative and tumor-specific immunotherapy is the identification and selection of highly specific and restricted tumor antigens to avoid autoimmunity.

[0002] Tumor neoantigens, which arise as a result of genetic change (e.g., inversions, translocations, deletions, missense mutations, splice site mutations, etc.) within malignant cells, represent the most tumor- specific class of antigens and can be patient-specific or shared. Tumor neoantigens are unique to the tumor cell as the mutation and its corresponding protein are present only in the tumor. They also avoid central tolerance and are therefore more likely to be immunogenic. Therefore, tumor neoantigens provide an excellent target for immune recognition including by both humoral and cellular immunity. However, tumor neoantigens have rarely been used in cancer vaccine or immunogenic compositions due to technical difficulties in identifying them, selecting optimized antigens, and producing neoantigens for use in a vaccine or immunogenic composition. Accordingly, there is still a need for developing additional cancer therapeutics.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

[0003] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

SUMMARY

[0004] In some aspects provided herein is a composition comprising: (a) a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the region of the same protein, (b) a polynucleotide encoding the first peptide and the second peptide, (c) one or more antigen presenting cells (APCs) comprising the first peptide and the second peptide, or (d) a first T cell receptor (TCR) specific for the first neoepitope in complex with an HLA protein and a second TCR specific for the second neoepitope in complex with an HLA protein, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation.

[0005] In some embodiments, the first peptide is at least one amino acid in length longer than the second peptide, and the second peptide is at most 13 amino acids in length. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is comprised within the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 or 10 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%,

67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%.

86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99 identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%,

72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%.

91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99 identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence.

[0006] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA- peptide complex or the first neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA -peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex or the second neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope is a first neoepitope peptide processed from the first peptide by an APC and the second neoepitope is a second neoepitope peptide that is not processed from the second peptide by an APC.

[0007] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope is shorter in length than the first peptide and the second neoepitope is the same length as the second peptide. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope activates CD8+T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frameshift mutation, a read- through mutation, a gene fusion mutation, an indel and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprises a sequence encoded by a gene of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the protein is encoded by a gene of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the mutation is a mutation of column 2 of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the protein is a TMRS22::ERG protein, a RAS protein, a BTK protein, an EGFR protein, or a GATA3 protein.

[0008] In some aspects, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising: (a) a composition described herein; and (b) pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

[0009] In some aspects, provided herein is a method of treating cancer, preventing resistance to a cancer therapy or inducing an immune response, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof the pharmaceutical composition according to aspects described above. [0010] In some aspects, provided herein is a method of treating cancer, preventing cancer, preventing resistance to a cancer therapy or inducing an immune response, the method comprising: (a) administering to the subject at least one dose of a first immunogenic composition a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a region of a protein; and (b) sequentially administering to the subject at least one dose of a second immunogenic composition comprising a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the region of the same protein, wherein the first peptide is at least one amino acid in length longer than the second peptide, and the second peptide is at most 13 amino acids in length.

[0011] In some embodiments, the method comprises inducing an enhanced immune response than that achieved by administering one or more doses of the first immunogenic composition or one or more doses of the second immunogenic compositions alone, thereby treating the cancer, preventing the cancer or preventing resistance to cancer therapy. In some embodiments, the method comprises inducing an enhanced immune response than that achieved by administering two or more doses of the first immunogenic composition or two or more doses of the second immunogenic compositions alone, thereby treating the cancer, preventing the cancer or preventing resistance to cancer therapy. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response comprises increase in level of CD8+ T cells.

[0012] In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex comprising the first peptide or the second peptide. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class II HLA-peptide complex comprising the first peptide or the second peptide. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response comprises increase in level of CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex comprising the first peptide or the second peptide. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class II HLA-peptide complex comprising the first peptide or the second peptide.

[0013] In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cells are effector memory T cells. In some embodiments, the CD4+ T cells are effector memory T cells. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response comprises sustaining the immune response for a longer duration than that achieved by administering one or more doses of the first immunogenic composition or one or more doses of the second immunogenic composition alone.

[0014] In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response is sustained for at least one day, 2 days, 5 days, 10 days, 20 days, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, or 1 year. In some embodiments, the first immunogenic composition further comprises the second peptide. In some embodiments, the second immunogenic composition further comprises the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprise at least one amino acid of the region that is the same.

[0015] In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 8, 9; 10; 11; or 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%,

64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99 identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence.

[0016] In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 or 10 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%,

94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99 identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope is longer than the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 13 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 9 to 25 amino acids.

[0017] In some embodiments, the sequential administering of step (b) is done at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14, 21, 25, 50, 100, or 200 days after step (a). In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 doses of the second immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, a dose of the second immunogenic composition is lower than a dose of the first immunogenic composition.

[0018] In some embodiments, the treatment comprises reduction of tumor growth, tumor volume, number of metastases, tumor reoccurrence, or combination thereof to a level greater than that achieved by administering one or more doses of the first immunogenic composition or one or more doses of the second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the treatment comprises enhanced survival of the subject to a level greater than that achieved by administering one or more doses of the first immunogenic composition or one or more doses of the second immunogenic composition alone.

[0019] In some aspects, provided herein is a method for inducing an enhanced immune response in a subject suffering from cancer or is at risk of cancer, the method comprising, administering to the subject at least one dose of a second immunogenic composition comprising a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a protein, wherein the subject has been previously administered at least one dose of a first immunogenic composition comprising a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of the same protein, wherein the second peptide has a length of at most 13 amino acids, and wherein the first peptide is at least one amino acid in length longer than the second peptide.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0020] The features of the present disclosure are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the disclosure are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:

[0021] FIG. 1 illustrates a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope in HLA class I peptide binding groove. Anchor residues in the first neoepitope bind to the allele specific pockets of the HLA class I molecule.

[0022] FIG. 2 illustrates a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope in HLA class II peptide binding groove. Anchor residues in the second neoepitope bind to the allele specific pockets of the HLA class II molecule. [0023] FIG. 3 illustrates exemplary administration regimen for peptides comprising neoepitopes. The top panel depicts administering a prime dose and boost of longmer. The middle panel depicts administering a prime dose and boost of shortmer. The lower panel depicts administering a prime dose of longmer and boost of shortmer. The boost dose is administered on day 7, 14, and day 21 after the prime dose.

[0024] FIGs. 4A-4B show boosting with short peptides elicits higher T cell responses upon recall. FIG. 4A shows graph of splenocytes assayed by ELISpot assay for reactivity to pool of antigens Alg8, Adpgk, Irgq. FIG. 4B shows graph of splenocytes assayed by ELISpot assay for reactivity to pool of antigens; Lama4, Repsl, and Obsll . The administration of the prime and boost dose was done according to regimen depicted in FIG. 3

[0025] FIGs. 5A-5F show antigen specific T cell frequency after treatment according to regimen shown in FIG. 3. **** indicates p <0.0001, and *** indicates p 0.0005. The plots show frequency of T cells specific for antigens; Alg8 (FIG. 5A), Lama4 (FIG. 5B), Adpgk (FIG. 5C), Repsl (FIG. 5D), Irgq (FIG. 5E), and Obsll (FIG. 5F).

[0026] FIGs. 6A-6C depict longmer prime/shortmer boost regimen gives highest frequency of antigen- specific T cells when administered according to regimen depicted in FIG. 3. The plots show frequency of T cells to all antigens (FIG. 6A), Alg8 and Lama4 (FIG. 6B), and Adpgk, Repsl, Irgq & Obsll (FIG. 6C).

[0027] FIGs. 7A-7B show effect of immunizing with shortmer in prime or boost on numbers of CD8 (FIGs.7A and 7B).

[0028] FIGs. 8A-8B show immunizing with shortmer in prime or boost increases the percentage of TE/EM cells. FIG. 8A shows representative flow cytometry gating and FIG. 8B shows a graph of % of CD8 T cells.

[0029] FIGs. 9A-9B shows that antigen-specific CD8 T cells are TE/EM cells. Figure 9A shows a graph of % of CD8 T cells that are not antigen specific. Figure 9B shows a graph of % of CD8 T cells that are antigen specific.

[0030] FIGs 10A-10B show increase in terminal effector phenotype on antigen-specific T cells (FIG. 11B) relative to total T cells (FIG. 11 A) by longmer-only immunization.

[0031] FIGs. 11A-11C show longmer prime/shortmer boost immunization shows higher percentage of PD- 1+ cells, in population of total CD8 T cell (FIG. 11A), antigen-specific CD8 T cells (FIG. 11B), and non antigen specific CD 8 T cells, indicative of activation (FIG. 11C).

[0032] FIGs. 12A-12B illustrates TCR avidity (EC50) is similar in CD8T cells induced by shortmer and longmer vaccination. FIG. 12A depicts TCR avidities observed after longmer Alg8 vaccination. FIG. 12B depicts TCR avidities observed after shortmer Alg8 vaccination.

[0033] FIG. 13 illustrates an exemplary administration regimen for peptides comprising neoepitopes. A single boost dose is administered 21 days after the administration of a prime dose. Adjuvant hiltonol only is administered as prime dose and boost for control conditions (first panel). The administration regimen can comprise a prime and boost of longmers only (second panel), prime and boost of pooled mixure of longmers and shortmers (third panel), or prime dose of longmers and boost of longmers and shortmers (fourth panel). [0034] FIGs. 14A-14C depict use of shortmers in prime and boost increases immunogenicity of Alg8.

[0035] FIGs. 15A-15C show inclusion of shortmers in day 21 boost increase % Lama4 Multimer+ cells.

[0036] FIGs. 16A-16C show use of shortmers in boost increases immunogenicity of Repsl .

[0037] FIGs. 17A-17C show effect of use of shortmers in prime and boost on immunogenicity of Irgq. The graph shows increase in immunogenicity upon use of shortmers.

[0038] FIG. 18 shows a graph of splenocytes assayed for reactivity to specific antigens using an ELISpot Assay.

[0039] FIG. 19 shows % multimer+ T cells on day 60 after administration of a prime dose. Use of shortmers increases % multimer+ T cells on day 60.

[0040] FIGs. 20A-20B shows a graph of splenocytes assayed for reactivity to Kifl8B (FIG. 20A) and Plodl (FIG. 20B) using an ELISpot Assay.

[0041] FIG. 21 show proportions of effector memory and central memory T cells 5 weeks after immunization according to the administration regimen depicted in FIG. 13.

[0042] FIG. 22 show frequency of terminal effector cells and memory precursor at 5 weeks after immunization with prime and boost of longmers, prime and boost of shortmers and longmers, or a prime dose of longmers and boost of shortmers and longmers according to the administration regimen depicted in FIG. 13.

[0043] FIG. 23 illustrates an exemplary therapeutic administration regimen for peptides comprising neoepitopes. The administration regimen can comprise a prime dose and boost of longmers (first panel), a prime dose comprising cluster dosing with longmers and boost of longmers (second panel), a prime dose and boost of shortmers (third panel), a prime dose of longmers and boost of shortmers (fourth panel). A first boost is administered 7 days after the first prime dose (day 0). A second boost is administered 14 days after the first prime dose (day 0). Cluster dosing (second panel) can comprise multiple consecutive prime doses on day 1, day 2, and day 3 relative to first prime dose on day 0. The illustrated regimen is followed for FIGs. 24A-24D described below.

[0044] FIGs. 24A-24D show a graphs of splenocytes assayed using an ELISpot Assay for reactivity to Alg8, Adpgk, Irgq longmer pool (FIG. 24A), Alg8, Adpgk, Irgq shortmer pool (FIG. 24B), Lama4, Repsl, Obsll longer pool (FIG. 24C), and Lama4, Repsl, Obsll shortmer pool (FIG. 24D).

[0045] FIG. 25. Illustrates exemplary administration regimen for peptides comprising neoepitopes for prevention of tumor growth and survival. The administration regimen can comprise a prime dose 21 days before challenge with tumor cells (day 0) and a boost dose 7 before challenge with tumor cells on day 0. The illustrated administration regimen is followed for FIGs. 26A-33E described below.

[0046] FIG. 26A illustrates percent survival at 10, 20, and 30 days post challenge with tumor cells after prophylactic administration regimen depicted in FIG. 25. The graph indicates administration of longmer at prime and boost increases survival. [0047] FIG. 26B is a graph of number of mice showing tumor rejection after treatment with a prime and boost dose of longmers, prime and boost dose of shortmers, or prime and boost dose of longmers and shortmers according to the regimen depicted in FIG. 25. The graph indicates administration of longmer at prime and boost increases tumor rejection.

[0048] FIG. 27A-27E shows tumor volume measurements in untreated mice (FIG. 27A), mice treated with irrelevant peptide (FIG. 27B), prime and boost of longmers (FIG. 27C), prime and boost of shortmers (FIG. 27D), or prime and boost of longmers and shortmers (FIG. 27E). The administration of prime and boost dose are done as depicted in FIG. 25. The graph indicates administration of longmer at prime and boost increases number of tumor free mice.

[0049] FIG. 28A shows average measurements of tumor volume.

[0050] FIG. 28B shows T cell responses are higher in mice treated with longmers at prime and boost.

[0051] FIGs. 29A-29C show immunizing with longmers at prime and boost result in increased frequencies of CD8 T cells specific for Repsl (FIG. 29 A), Irgq (FIG. 29B), and Adpgk (FIG. 29C). The administration regimen followed is depicted in FIG. 25.

[0052] FIG. 30A shows measurements of tumor volume in mice prophylactically treated with longmers at prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0053] FIG. 30B shows T cell responses in mice prophylactically treated with longmers at prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0054] FIG. 31A shows measurements of tumor volume in mice prophylactically treated with shortmers at prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0055] FIG. 31B shows T cell responses in mice prophylactically treated with shortmersat prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0056] FIG. 32A shows measurements of tumor volume in mice prophylactically treated with pooled mixture of longmers and shortmers at prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0057] FIG. 32B shows T cell responses in mice prophylactically treated with pooled mixture of longmers and shortmers at prime and boost according to the regimen in FIG. 25.

[0058] FIG. 33A-33E shows frequency of T cell responses specific for percent pooled multimer+ cells (FIG. 33A), response specific to Repsl (FIG. 33B), Adpgk (FIG. 33C), Irgq (FIG. 33D), and tumor irrelevant antigen Obsl 1 (FIG. 33E) in mice treated according to regimen in FIG. 25.

[0059] FIG. 34A illustrates exemplary administration regimen for peptides comprising neoepitopes for prevention of tumor growth and survival. The administration regimen can comprise (A) prime dose and boost of longmer, (B) prime dose and boost of shortmers or (C) prime dose of longmers and boost of longmers and shortmers. A first boost is administered 7 days post immunization with the prime dose. A second boost is administered 7 days post first boost. The illustrtated regimen is followed for FIGs. 34B-36 described below.

[0060] FIGs. 34B-34E depicts measurements of tumor volume in untreated mice (FIG. 34B), mice administered with prime dose and boost of longmers (FIG. 34C), administered with prime dose and boost of shortmers (FIG. 34D), or administered with prime dose of longemers and boost of longmers and shortmers (FIG. 34E) according to regimen described in FIG. 34A. A prime dose is administered on day (-21) relative to implantation of tumor cells (day 0). A first boost dose is administered on day (-14) and second boost dose is administered on day (-7) relative to implantation of tumor cells on day 0. FIGs. 34B-34E indicate addition of shortmers at boost lead to higher number of tumor free subjects.

[0061] FIGs. 35A-35C illustrate increased T cell responses in tumor free mice upon addition of shortmers at boost. FIG. 35A depict T cell response in mice administered with a prime and boost of longmers according to regimen of FIG. 34 A and corresponding changes in tumor volume. FIG. 35B depicts T cell responses in mice administered with a prime and boost of shortmers according to regimen of FIG. 34A and corresponding changes in tumor volume. FIG. 35C depicts T cell responses in mice administered with a prime dose of longmers and boost of longmers and shortmers according to regimen of FIG. 34A and corresponding changes in tumor volume.

[0062] FIG. 36 illustrates effect of addition of shortmers at boost on survival of tumor bearing mice.

[0063] FIG. 37 demonstrates induction of antigen specific CD8+ T cell responses cells by shortmers.

[0064] FIG. 38 demonstrates induction of antigen specific CD4+ T cell responses by longmers.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0065] Described herein are new immunotherapeutic agents and uses thereof based on the discovery of neoantigens arising from mutational events unique to an individual’s tumor. Accordingly, the present disclosure described herein provides peptides, polynucleotides encoding the peptides, and peptide binding agents that can be used, for example, to stimulate an immune response to a tumor associated antigen or neoepitope, to create an immunogenic composition or cancer vaccine for use in treating disease.

[0066] The following description and examples illustrate embodiments of the present disclosure in detail. It is to be understood that this present disclosure is not limited to the particular embodiments described herein and as such can vary. Those of skill in the art will recognize that there are numerous variations and modifications of this present disclosure, which are encompassed within its scope.

[0067] All terms are intended to be understood as they would be understood by a person skilled in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the disclosure pertains.

[0068] The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.

[0069] Although various features of the present disclosure may be described in the context of a single embodiment, the features may also be provided separately or in any suitable combination. Conversely, although the present disclosure may be described herein in the context of separate embodiments for clarity, the present disclosure may also be implemented in a single embodiment.

[0070] The following definitions supplement those in the art and are directed to the current application and are not to be imputed to any related or unrelated case, e.g., to any commonly owned patent or application. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice for testing of the present disclosure, the preferred materials and methods are described herein. Accordingly, the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.

Definitions

[0071] The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular cases only and is not intended to be limiting. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. As used herein, the singular forms“a”,“an” and“the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

[0072] In this application, the use of“or” means“and/or” unless stated otherwise. The terms“and/or” and “any combination thereof’ and their grammatical equivalents as used herein, can be used interchangeably. These terms can convey that any combination is specifically contemplated. Solely for illustrative purposes, the following phrases“A, B, and/or C” or“A, B, C, or any combination thereof’ can mean“A individually; B individually; C individually; A and B; B and C; A and C; and A, B, and C.” The term“or” can be used conjunctively or disjunctively, unless the context specifically refers to a disjunctive use.

[0073] The term“about” or“approximately” can mean within an acceptable error range for the particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which will depend in part on how the value is measured or determined, i.e., the limitations of the measurement system. For example,“about” can mean within 1 or more than 1 standard deviation, per the practice in the art. Alternatively,“about” can mean a range of up to 20%, up to 10%, up to 5%, or up to 1% of a given value. Alternatively, particularly with respect to biological systems or processes, the term can mean within an order of magnitude, within 5-fold, and more preferably within 2-fold, of a value. Where particular values are described in the application and claims, unless otherwise stated the term“about” meaning within an acceptable error range for the particular value should be assumed.

[0074] As used in this specification and claim(s), the words“comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as“comprise” and“comprises”),“having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and“has”), “including” (and any form of including, such as“includes” and“include”) or“containing” (and any form of containing, such as“contains” and“contain”) are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. It is contemplated that any embodiment discussed in this specification can be implemented with respect to any method or composition of the present disclosure, and vice versa. Furthermore, compositions of the present disclosure can be used to achieve methods of the present disclosure.

[0075] Reference in the specification to“some embodiments,”“an embodiment,”“one embodiment” or “other embodiments” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiments is included in at least some embodiments, but not necessarily all embodiments, of the present disclosures. To facilitate an understanding of the present disclosure, a number of terms and phrases are defined below. [0076] “Major Histocompatibility Complex” or“MHC” is a cluster of genes that plays a role in control of the cellular interactions responsible for physiologic immune responses. In humans, the MHC complex is also known as the human leukocyte antigen (HLA) complex. For a detailed description of the MHC and HLA complexes, see, Paul, Fundamental Immunology, 3rd Ed., Raven Press, New York (1993).“Proteins or molecules of the major histocompatibility complex (MHC)”,“MHC molecules”,“MHC proteins” or“HLA proteins” are to be understood as meaning proteins capable of binding peptides resulting from the proteolytic cleavage of protein antigens and representing potential lymphocyte epitopes, (e.g., T cell epitope and B cell epitope) transporting them to the cell surface and presenting them there to specific cells, in particular cytotoxic T-lymphocytes, T-helper cells, or B cells. The major histocompatibility complex in the genome comprises the genetic region whose gene products expressed on the cell surface are important for binding and presenting endogenous and/or foreign antigens and thus for regulating immunological processes. The major histocompatibility complex is classified into two gene groups coding for different proteins, namely molecules of MHC class I and molecules of MHC class II. The cellular biology and the expression patterns of the two MHC classes are adapted to these different roles.

[0077] “Human Leukocyte Antigen” or“HLA” is a human class I or class II Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) protein (see, e.g., Stites, et ah, Immunology, 8th Ed., Lange Publishing, Los Altos, Calif. (1994).

[0078] “Polypeptide”,“peptide” and their grammatical equivalents as used herein refer to a polymer of amino acid residues. A“mature protein” is a protein which is full-length and which, optionally, includes glycosylation or other modifications typical for the protein in a given cellular environment. Polypeptides and proteins disclosed herein (including functional portions and functional variants thereof) can comprise synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids. Such synthetic amino acids are known in the art, and include, for example, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, a-amino n- decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetylaminomethyl -cysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4- aminophenylalanine, 4-nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, b-phenylserine b- hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, a-naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2- carboxylic acid, l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, N’-benzyl-N’-methyl-lysine, N’,N’ -dibenzyl -lysine, 6-hydroxylysine, ornithine, a- aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, a-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, a-aminocycloheptane carboxylic acid, a-(2-amino-2-norbomane)-carboxylic acid, a,g-diaminobutyric acid, a,b-diaminopropionic acid, homophenylalanine, and a-tert-butylglycine. The present disclosure further contemplates that expression of polypeptides described herein in an engineered cell can be associated with post-translational modifications of one or more amino acids of the polypeptide constructs. Non-limiting examples of post-translational modifications include phosphorylation, acylation including acetylation and formylation, glycosylation (including N-linked and O-linked), amidation, hydroxylation, alkylation including methylation and ethylation, ubiquitination, addition of pyrrolidone carboxylic acid, formation of disulfide bridges, sulfation, myristoylation, palmitoylation, isoprenylation, famesylation, geranylation, glypiation, lipoylation and iodination.

[0079] An“immunogenic” peptide or an“immunogenic” epitope is a peptide or an epitope that comprises an allele-specific motif such that the peptide or epitope will bind an HLA molecule and induce a cell-mediated or humoral response, for example, cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL (e.g., CD8+)), helper T lymphocyte (Th (e.g., CD4+)) and/or B lymphocyte response. Thus, immunogenic peptides described herein are capable of binding to an appropriate HLA molecule and thereafter inducing a CTL (cytotoxic) response, or a HTL (and humoral) response, to the peptide.

[0080] “Neoantigen” means a class of tumor antigens which arise from tumor-specific changes in proteins. Neoantigens encompass, but are not limited to, tumor antigens which arise from, for example, substitution in the protein sequence, frame shift mutation, fusion polypeptide, in-frame deletion, insertion, expression of endogenous retroviral polypeptides, and tumor-specific overexpression of polypeptides.

[0081] The term“mutant peptide”,“neoantigen peptide” and“neoantigenic peptide”, used interchangeably with“peptide” in the present specification, refers to a series of residues, typically L-amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. Similarly, the term“polypeptide” is used interchangeably with“mutant polypeptide”, “neoantigen polypeptide” and“neoantigenic polypeptide” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, e.g., L-amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. The polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described. A peptide or polypeptide as used herein comprises at least one flanking sequence. The term“flanking sequence” as used herein refers to a fragment or region of the neoantigen peptide that is not a part of the neoepitope.

[0082] The term“residue” refers to an amino acid residue or amino acid mimetic residue incorporated into a peptide or protein by an amide bond or amide bond mimetic, or nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) that encodes the amino acid or amino acid mimetic.

[0083] A“neoepitope”,“tumor specific neoepitope” or“tumor antigen” refers to an epitope or antigenic determinant region that is not present in a reference, such as a non-diseased cell, e.g., a non-cancerous cell or a germline cell, but is found in a diseased cell, e.g., a cancer cell. This includes situations where a corresponding epitope is found in a normal non-diseased cell or a germline cell but, due to one or more mutations in a diseased cell, e.g., a cancer cell, the sequence of the epitope is changed so as to result in the neoepitope. The term“neoepitope” as used herein refers to an antigenic determinant region within the peptide or neoantigenic peptide. A neoepitope may comprise at least one“anchor residue” and at least one“anchor residue flanking region.” A neoepitope may further comprise a“separation region.” The term “anchor residue” refers to an amino acid residue that binds to specific pockets on HLAs, resulting in specificity of interactions with HLAs. In some cases, an anchor residue may be at a canonical anchor position. In other cases, an anchor residue may be at a non-canonical anchor position. Neoepitopes may bind to HLA molecules through primary and secondary anchor residues protruding into the pockets in the peptide -binding grooves. In the peptide-binding grooves, specific amino acids compose pockets that accommodate the corresponding side chains of the anchor residues of the presented neoepitopes. Peptide-binding preferences exist among different alleles of both of HLA I and HLA II molecules. HLA class I molecules bind short neoepitopes, whose N- and C-terminal ends are anchored into the pockets located at the ends of the neoepitope binding groove. While the majority of the HLA class I binding neoepitopes are of about 9 amino acids, longer neoepitopes can be accommodated by the bulging of their central portion, resulting in binding neoepitopes of about 8 to 12 amino acids. Neoepitopes binding to HLA class II proteins are not constrained in size and can vary from about 16 to 25 amino acids. The neoepitope binding groove in the HLA class II molecules is open at both ends, which enables binding of peptides with relatively longer length. Though the core 9 amino acid residues long segment contributes the most to the recognition of the neoepitope, the anchor residue flanking regions are also important for the specificity of the peptide to the HLA class II allele. In some cases, the anchor residue flanking region is N-terminus residues. In another case, the anchor residue flanking region is C-terminus residues. In yet another case, the anchor residue flanking region is both N-terminus residues and C-terminus residues. In some cases, the anchor residue flanking region is flanked by at least two anchor residues. An anchor residue flanking region flanked by anchor residues is a“separation region.”

[0084] A“reference” can be used to correlate and compare the results obtained in the methods of the present disclosure from a tumor specimen. Typically the“reference” may be obtained on the basis of one or more normal specimens, in particular specimens which are not affected by a cancer disease, either obtained from a patient or one or more different individuals, for example, healthy individuals, in particular individuals of the same species. A“reference” can be determined empirically by testing a sufficiently large number of normal specimens.

[0085] An“epitope” is the collective features of a molecule, such as primary, secondary and tertiary peptide structure, and charge, that together form a site recognized by, for example, an immunoglobulin, T cell receptor, HLA molecule, or chimeric antigen receptor. Alternatively, an epitope can be defined as a set of amino acid residues which is involved in recognition by a particular immunoglobulin, or in the context of T cells, those residues necessary for recognition by T cell receptor proteins, chimeric antigen receptors, and/or Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) receptors. A“T cell epitope” is to be understood as meaning a peptide sequence which can be bound by the MHC molecules of class I or II in the form of a peptide- presenting MHC molecule or MHC complex and then, in this form, be recognized and bound by T cells, such as T-lymphocytes or T-helper cells. Epitopes can be prepared by isolation from a natural source, or they can be synthesized according to standard protocols in the art. Synthetic epitopes can comprise artificial amino acid residues,“amino acid mimetics,” such as D isomers of naturally-occurring L amino acid residues or non- naturally-occurring amino acid residues such as cyclohexylalanine. Throughout this disclosure, epitopes may be referred to in some cases as peptides or peptide epitopes. It is to be appreciated that proteins or peptides that comprise an epitope or an analog described herein as well as additional amino acid(s) are still within the bounds of the present disclosure. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises a fragment of an antigen. In certain embodiments, there is a limitation on the length of a peptide of the present disclosure. The embodiment that is length-limited occurs when the protein or peptide comprising an epitope described herein comprises a region (i.e., a contiguous series of amino acid residues) having 100% identity with a native sequence. In order to avoid the definition of epitope from reading, e.g., on whole natural molecules, there is a limitation on the length of any region that has 100% identity with a native peptide sequence. Thus, for a peptide comprising an epitope described herein and a region with 100% identity with a native peptide sequence, the region with 100% identity to a native sequence generally has a length of: less than or equal to 600 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 500 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 400 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 250 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 100 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 85 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 75 amino acid residues, less than or equal to 65 amino acid residues, and less than or equal to 50 amino acid residues. In certain embodiments, an“epitope” described herein is comprised by a peptide having a region with less than 51 amino acid residues that has 100% identity to a native peptide sequence, in any increment down to 5 amino acid residues; for example 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21,

20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acid residues.

[0086] The nomenclature used to describe peptides or proteins follows the conventional practice wherein the amino group is presented to the left (the amino- or N-terminus) and the carboxyl group to the right (the carboxy- or C-terminus) of each amino acid residue. When amino acid residue positions are referred to in a peptide epitope they are numbered in an amino to carboxyl direction with position one being the residue located at the amino terminal end of the epitope, or the peptide or protein of which it can be a part. In the formula representing selected specific embodiments of the present disclosure, the amino- and carboxyl- terminal groups, although not specifically shown, are in the form they would assume at physiologic pH values, unless otherwise specified. In the amino acid structure formula, each residue is generally represented by standard three letter or single letter designations. The L-form of an amino acid residue is represented by a capital single letter or a capital first letter of a three-letter symbol, and the D-form for those amino acid residues having D-forms is represented by a lower case single letter or a lower case three letter symbol. However, when three letter symbols or full names are used without capitals, they can refer to L amino acid residues. Glycine has no asymmetric carbon atom and is simply referred to as“Gly” or“G”. The amino acid sequences of peptides set forth herein are generally designated using the standard single letter symbol. (A, Alanine; C, Cysteine; D, Aspartic Acid; E, Glutamic Acid; F, Phenylalanine; G, Glycine; H, Histidine; I, Isoleucine; K, Lysine; L, Leucine; M, Methionine; N, Asparagine; P, Proline; Q, Glutamine; R, Arginine; S, Serine; T, Threonine; V, Valine; W, Tryptophan; and Y, Tyrosine.)

[0087] The term“mutation” refers to a change of or difference in the nucleic acid sequence (nucleotide substitution, addition or deletion) compared to a reference. A“somatic mutation” can occur in any of the cells of the body except the germ cells (sperm and egg) and therefore are not passed on to children. These alterations can (but do not always) cause cancer or other diseases. In some embodiments, a mutation is a non- synonymous mutation. The term“non-synonymous mutation” refers to a mutation, for example, a nucleotide substitution, which does result in an amino acid change such as an amino acid substitution in the translation product. A“frameshift” occurs when a mutation disrupts the normal phase of a gene’s codon periodicity (also known as“reading frame”), resulting in the translation of a non-native protein sequence. It is possible for different mutations in a gene to achieve the same altered reading frame.

[0088] A“conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). For example, substitution of a phenylalanine for a tyrosine is a conservative substitution. Methods of identifying nucleotide and amino acid conservative substitutions which do not eliminate peptide function are well-known in the art.

[0089] As used herein, the term“affinity” refers to a measure of the strength of binding between two members of a binding pair, for example, an HLA-binding peptide and a class I or II HLA. KD is the dissociation constant and has units of molarity. The affinity constant is the inverse of the dissociation constant. An affinity constant is sometimes used as a generic term to describe this chemical entity. It is a direct measure of the energy of binding. Affinity may be determined experimentally, for example by surface plasmon resonance (SPR) using commercially available Biacore SPR units. Affinity may also be expressed as the inhibitory concentration 50 (IC50), that concentration at which 50% of the peptide is displaced. Likewise, ln(IC50) refers to the natural log of the IC50. Koff refers to the off-rate constant, for example, for dissociation of an HLA-binding peptide and a class I or II HLA. Throughout this disclosure,“binding data” results can be expressed in terms of“IC50.” IC50 is the concentration of the tested peptide in a binding assay at which 50% inhibition of binding of a labeled reference peptide is observed. Given the conditions in which the assays are run (i.e., limiting HLA protein and labeled reference peptide concentrations), these values approximate KD values. Assays for determining binding are well known in the art and are described in detail, for example, in PCT publications WO 94/20127 and WO 94/03205, and other publications such Sidney et ah, Current Protocols in Immunology 18.3.1 (1998); Sidney, et ah, J. Immunol. 154:247 (1995); and Sette, et ah, Mol. Immunol. 31:813 (1994). Alternatively, binding can be expressed relative to binding by a reference standard peptide. For example, can be based on its IC50, relative to the IC50 of a reference standard peptide. Binding can also be determined using other assay systems including those using: live cells (e.g., Ceppellini et al, Nature 339:392 (1989); Christnick et al., Nature 352:67 (1991); Busch et al., Int. Immunol. 2:443 (1990); Hill et al., J. Immunol. 147: 189 (1991); del Guercio et al., J. Immunol. 154:685 (1995)), cell free systems using detergent lysates (e.g., Cerundolo et al., J. Immunol. 21:2069 (1991)), immobilized purified MHC (e.g., Hill et al., J. Immunol. 152, 2890 (1994); Marshall et al., J. Immunol. 152:4946 (1994)), ELISA systems (e.g., Reay et al., EMBO J. 11:2829 (1992)), surface plasmon resonance (e.g., Khilko et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268: 15425 (1993)); high flux soluble phase assays (Hammer et al., J. Exp. Med. 180:2353 (1994)), and measurement of class I MHC stabilization or assembly (e.g., Ljunggren et al., Nature 346:476 (1990); Schumacher et al., Cell 62:563 (1990); Townsend et al., Cell 62:285 (1990); Parker et al., J. Immunol. 149: 1896 (1992)).“Cross reactive binding” indicates that a peptide is bound by more than one HLA molecule; a synonym is degenerate binding.

[0090] The term“derived” and its grammatical equivalents when used to discuss an epitope is a synonym for“prepared” and its grammatical equivalents. A derived epitope can be isolated from a natural source, or it can be synthesized according to standard protocols in the art. Synthetic epitopes can comprise artificial amino acid residues“amino acid mimetics,” such as D isomers of natural occurring L amino acid residues or non natural amino acid residues such as cyclohexylalanine. A derived or prepared epitope can be an analog of a native epitope.

[0091] A“diluent” includes sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is also a diluent for pharmaceutical compositions. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as diluents, for example, in injectable solutions.

[0092] A“native” or a“wild type” sequence refers to a sequence found in nature. Such a sequence can comprise a longer sequence in nature.

[0093] A“receptor” is to be understood as meaning a biological molecule or a molecule grouping capable of binding a ligand. A receptor may serve, to transmit information in a cell, a cell formation or an organism. The receptor comprises at least one receptor unit, for example, where each receptor unit may consist of a protein molecule. The receptor has a structure which complements that of a ligand and may complex the ligand as a binding partner. The information is transmitted in particular by conformational changes of the receptor following complexation of the ligand on the surface of a cell. In some embodiments, a receptor is to be understood as meaning in particular proteins of MHC classes I and II capable of forming a receptor/ligand complex with a ligand, in particular a peptide or peptide fragment of suitable length.

[0094] A“ligand” is to be understood as meaning a molecule which has a structure complementary to that of a receptor and is capable of forming a complex with this receptor. In some embodiments, a ligand is to be understood as meaning a peptide or peptide fragment which has a suitable length and suitable binding motifs in its amino acid sequence, so that the peptide or peptide fragment is capable of forming a complex with proteins of MHC class I or MHC class II.

[0095] In some embodiments, a“receptor/ligand complex” is also to be understood as meaning a “receptor/peptide complex” or “receptor/peptide fragment complex”, including a peptide- or peptide fragment-presenting MHC molecule of class I or of class II.

[0096] The terms“peptide”“’’refers to a series of amino acid residues connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acid residues. [0097] “Synthetic peptide” refers to a peptide that is obtained from a non-natural source, e.g., is man-made. Such peptides can be produced using such methods as chemical synthesis or recombinant DNA technology. “Synthetic peptides” include“fusion proteins.”

[0098] The term“motif’ refers to a pattern of residues in an amino acid sequence of defined length, for example, a peptide of less than about 15 amino acid residues in length, or less than about 13 amino acid residues in length, for example, from about 8 to about 13 amino acid residues (e.g., 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13) for a class I HLA motif and from about 6 to about 25 amino acid residues (e.g., 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25) for a class II HLA motif, which is recognized by a particular HLA molecule. Motifs are typically different for each HLA protein encoded by a given human HLA allele. These motifs differ in their pattern of the primary and secondary anchor residues. In some embodiments, an MHC class I motif identifies a peptide of 9, 10, or 11 amino acid residues in length.

[0099] The term“naturally occurring” and its grammatical equivalents as used herein refer to the fact that an object can be found in nature. For example, a peptide or nucleic acid that is present in an organism (including viruses) and can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by man in the laboratory is naturally occurring.

[0100] According to the present disclosure, the term“vaccine” relates to a pharmaceutical preparation (pharmaceutical composition) or product that upon administration induces an immune response, for example, a cellular or humoral immune response, which recognizes and attacks a pathogen or a diseased cell such as a cancer cell. A vaccine may be used for the prevention or treatment of a disease. The term“individualized cancer vaccine” or“personalized cancer vaccine” concerns a particular cancer patient and means that a cancer vaccine is adapted to the needs or special circumstances of an individual cancer patient.

[0101] A“protective immune response” or“therapeutic immune response” refers to a CTL and/or an HTL response to an antigen derived from an pathogenic antigen (e.g., a tumor antigen), which in some way prevents or at least partially arrests disease symptoms, side effects or progression. The immune response can also include an antibody response which has been facilitated by the stimulation of helper T cells.

[0102] “Antigen processing” or“processing” and its grammatical equivalents refers to the degradation of a polypeptide or antigen into procession products, which are fragments of said polypeptide or antigen (e.g., the degradation of a polypeptide into peptides) and the association of one or more of these fragments (e.g., via binding) with MHC molecules for presentation by cells, for example, antigen presenting cells, to specific T cells.

[0103] “Antigen presenting cells” (APC) are cells which present peptide fragments of protein antigens in association with MHC molecules on their cell surface. Some APCs may activate antigen specific T cells. Professional antigen-presenting cells are very efficient at internalizing antigen, either by phagocytosis or by receptor-mediated endocytosis, and then displaying a fragment of the antigen, bound to a class II MHC molecule, on their membrane. The T cell recognizes and interacts with the antigen-class II MHC molecule complex on the membrane of the antigen presenting cell. An additional co-stimulatory signal is then produced by the antigen presenting cell, leading to activation of the T cell. The expression of co-stimulatory molecules is a defining feature of professional antigen-presenting cells. The main types of professional antigen- presenting cells are dendritic cells, which have the broadest range of antigen presentation, and are probably the most important antigen presenting cells, macrophages, B-cells, and certain activated epithelial cells. Dendritic cells (DCs) are leukocyte populations that present antigens captured in peripheral tissues to T cells via both MHC class II and I antigen presentation pathways. It is well known that dendritic cells are potent inducers of immune responses and the activation of these cells is a critical step for the induction of antitumoral immunity. Dendritic cells are conveniently categorized as“immature” and“mature” cells, which can be used as a simple way to discriminate between two well characterized phenotypes. However, this nomenclature should not be construed to exclude all possible intermediate stages of differentiation. Immature dendritic cells are characterized as antigen presenting cells with a high capacity for antigen uptake and processing, which correlates with the high expression of Fc receptor (FcR) and mannose receptor. The mature phenotype is typically characterized by a lower expression of these markers, but a high expression of cell surface molecules responsible for T cell activation such as class I and class II MHC, adhesion molecules (e.g., CD54 and CD11) and costimulatory molecules (e.g., CD40, CD80, CD86 and 4-1 BB).

[0104] The terms“identical” and its grammatical equivalents as used herein or“sequence identity” in the context of two nucleic acid sequences or amino acid sequences of polypeptides refers to the residues in the two sequences which are the same when aligned for maximum correspondence over a specified comparison window. A“comparison window”, as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually about 50 to about 200, more usually about 100 to about 150 in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are aligned optimally. Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well-known in the art. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math., 2:482 (1981); by the alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol., 48:443 (1970); by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 85:2444 (1988); by computerized implementations of these algorithms (including, but not limited to CLUSTAL in the PC/Gene program by Intelligentics, Mountain View Calif., GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis., U.S.A.); the CLUSTAL program is well described by Higgins and Sharp, Gene, 73:237-244 (1988) and Higgins and Sharp, CABIOS, 5: 151-153 (1989); Corpet et ak, Nucleic Acids Res., 16: 10881-10890 (1988); Huang et ak, Computer Applications in the Biosciences, 8: 155-165 (1992); and Pearson et ak, Methods in Molecular Biology, 24:307-331 (1994). Alignment is also often performed by inspection and manual alignment. In one class of embodiments, the polypeptides herein have at least 60%,

61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%,

80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%.

99% or 100% sequence identity to a reference polypeptide, or a fragment thereof, e.g., as measured by BLASTP (or CLUSTAL, or any other available alignment software) using default parameters. Similarly, nucleic acids can also be described with reference to a starting nucleic acid, e.g., they can have 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a reference nucleic acid or a fragment thereof, e.g., as measured by BLASTN (or CLUSTAL, or any other available alignment software) using default parameters. When one molecule is said to have certain percentage of sequence identity with a larger molecule, it means that when the two molecules are optimally aligned, said percentage of residues in the smaller molecule finds a match residue in the larger molecule in accordance with the order by which the two molecules are optimally aligned.

[0105] The term“substantially identical” and its grammatical equivalents as applied to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences mean that a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence comprises a sequence that has at least 90% sequence identity or more, at least 95%, at least 98% and at least 99%, compared to a reference sequence using the programs described above, e.g., BLAST, using standard parameters. For example, the BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a word length (W) of 11, an expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a word length (W) of 3, an expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10915 (1992)). Percentage of sequence identity is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. In embodiments, the substantial identity exists over a region of the sequences that is at least about 50 residues in length, over a region of at least about 100 residues, and in embodiments, the sequences are substantially identical over at least about 150 residues. In embodiments, the sequences are substantially identical over the entire length of the coding regions.

[0106] The term“vector” as used herein means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and usually expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell. Examples of vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid, or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, and DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes.

[0107] A polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is“isolated” is a polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is in a form not found in nature. Isolated polypeptides, antibodies, polynucleotides, vectors, cells, or compositions include those which have been purified to a degree that they are no longer in a form in which they are found in nature. In some embodiments, a polypeptide, antibody, polynucleotide, vector, cell, or composition which is isolated is substantially pure. In some embodiments, an“isolated polynucleotide” encompasses a PCR or quantitative PCR reaction comprising the polynucleotide amplified in the PCR or quantitative PCR reaction.

[0108] The term“isolated”,“biologically pure” or their grammatical equivalents refers to material which is substantially or essentially free from components which normally accompany the material as it is found in its native state. Thus, isolated peptides described herein do not contain some or all of the materials normally associated with the peptides in their in situ environment. An“isolated” epitope refers to an epitope that does not include the whole sequence of the antigen from which the epitope was derived. Typically the“isolated” epitope does not have attached thereto additional amino acid residues that result in a sequence that has 100% identity over the entire length of a native sequence. The native sequence can be a sequence such as a tumor- associated antigen from which the epitope is derived. Thus, the term“isolated” means that the material is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). An “isolated” nucleic acid is a nucleic acid removed from its natural environment. For example, a naturally- occurring polynucleotide or peptide present in a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or peptide, separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system, is isolated. Such a polynucleotide could be part of a vector, and/or such a polynucleotide or peptide could be part of a composition, and still be“isolated” in that such vector or composition is not part of its natural environment. Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts of the DNA molecules described herein, and further include such molecules produced synthetically.

[0109] The term“substantially purified” and its grammatical equivalents as used herein refer to a nucleic acid sequence, polypeptide, protein or other compound which is essentially free, i.e., is more than about 50% free of, more than about 70% free of, more than about 90% free of, the polynucleotides, proteins, polypeptides and other molecules that the nucleic acid, polypeptide, protein or other compound is naturally associated with.

[0110] The term“substantially pure” as used herein refers to material which is at least 50% pure (i.e., free from contaminants), at least 90% pure, at least 95% pure, at least 98% pure, or at least 99% pure.

[0111] The terms“polynucleotide”,“nucleotide”,“nucleic acid”,“polynucleic acid” or“oligonucleotide” and their grammatical equivalents are used interchangeably herein and refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA, for example, mRNA. Thus, these terms includes double and single stranded DNA, triplex DNA, as well as double and single stranded RNA. It also includes modified, for example, by methylation and/or by capping, and unmodified forms of the polynucleotide. The term is also meant to include molecules that include non-naturally occurring or synthetic nucleotides as well as nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid sequences and vectors disclosed or contemplated herein may be introduced into a cell by, for example, transfection, transformation, or transduction. The nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymerase. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide and nucleic acid can be in vitro transcribed mRNA. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide that is administered using the methods of the present disclosure is mRNA. [0112] “Transfection,”“transformation,” or“transduction” as used herein refer to the introduction of one or more exogenous polynucleotides into a host cell by using physical or chemical methods. Many transfection techniques are known in the art and include, for example, calcium phosphate DNA co-precipitation (see, e.g., Murray E. J. (ed.), Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 7, Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Humana Press (1991)); DEAE-dextran; electroporation; cationic liposome-mediated transfection; tungsten particle- facilitated microparticle bombardment (Johnston, Nature, 346: 776-777 (1990)); and strontium phosphate DNA co -precipitation (Brash et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 7: 2031-2034 (1987)). Phage or viral vectors can be introduced into host cells, after growth of infectious particles in suitable packaging cells, many of which are commercially available.

[0113] Nucleic acids and/or nucleic acid sequences are“homologous” when they are derived, naturally or artificially, from a common ancestral nucleic acid or nucleic acid sequence. Proteins and/or protein sequences are“homologous” when their encoding DNAs are derived, naturally or artificially, from a common ancestral nucleic acid or nucleic acid sequence. The homologous molecules can be termed homologs. For example, any naturally occurring proteins, as described herein, can be modified by any available mutagenesis method. When expressed, this mutagenized nucleic acid encodes a polypeptide that is homologous to the protein encoded by the original nucleic acid. Homology is generally inferred from sequence identity between two or more nucleic acids or proteins (or sequences thereof). The precise percentage of identity between sequences that is useful in establishing homology varies with the nucleic acid and protein at issue, but as little as 25% sequence identity is routinely used to establish homology. Higher levels of sequence identity, e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% or more can also be used to establish homology. Methods for determining sequence identity percentages (e.g., BLASTP and BLASTN using default parameters) are described herein and are generally available.

[0114] The term“subject” refers to any animal (e.g., a mammal), including, but not limited to, humans, non-human primates, canines, felines, rodents, and the like, which is to be the recipient of a particular treatment. Typically, the terms“subject” and“patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a human subject.

[0115] The terms“effective amount” or“therapeutically effective amount” or“therapeutic effect” refer to an amount of a therapeutic effective to “treat” a disease or disorder in a subject or mammal. The therapeutically effective amount of a drug has a therapeutic effect and as such can prevent the development of a disease or disorder; slow down the development of a disease or disorder; slow down the progression of a disease or disorder; relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with a disease or disorder; reduce morbidity and mortality; improve quality of life; or a combination of such effects.

[0116] The terms“treating” or“treatment” or“to treat” or“alleviating” or“to alleviate” refer to both (1) therapeutic measures that cure, slow down, lessen symptoms of, and/or halt progression of a diagnosed pathologic condition or disorder; and (2) prophylactic or preventative measures that prevent or slow the development of a targeted pathologic condition or disorder. Thus those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder; those prone to have the disorder; and those in whom the disorder is to be prevented.

[0117] “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a generally non-toxic, inert, and/or physiologically compatible composition or component of a composition.

[0118] A“pharmaceutical excipient” or“excipient” comprises a material such as an adjuvant, a carrier, pH- adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents, preservatives, and the like. A “pharmaceutical excipient” is an excipient which is pharmaceutically acceptable.

[0119] Neoantigens and Uses Thereof

[0120] One of the critical barriers to developing curative and tumor-specific immunotherapy is the identification and selection of highly specific and restricted tumor antigens to avoid autoimmunity. Tumor neoantigens, which arise as a result of genetic change (e.g., inversions, translocations, deletions, missense mutations, splice site mutations, etc.) within malignant cells, represent the most tumor-specific class of antigens. Neoantigens have rarely been used in cancer vaccine or immunogenic compositions due to technical difficulties in identifying them, selecting optimized antigens, and producing neoantigens for use in a vaccine or immunogenic composition. These problems may be addressed by: identifying mutations in neoplasias/tumors which are present at the DNA level in tumor but not in matched germline samples from a high proportion of subjects having cancer; analyzing the identified mutations with one or more peptide-MHC binding prediction algorithms to generate a plurality of neoantigen T cell epitopes that are expressed within the neoplasia/tumor and that bind to a high proportion of patient HLA alleles; and synthesizing the plurality of neoantigenic peptides selected from the sets of all neoantigen peptides and predicted binding peptides for use in a cancer vaccine or immunogenic composition suitable for treating a high proportion of subjects having cancer.

[0121] For example, translating peptide sequencing information into a therapeutic vaccine may include prediction of mutated peptides that can bind to HLA molecules of a high proportion of individuals. Efficiently choosing which particular mutations to utilize as immunogen requires the ability to predict which mutated peptides would efficiently bind to a high proportion of patient’s HLA alleles. Recently, neural network based learning approaches with validated binding and non-binding peptides have advanced the accuracy of prediction algorithms for the major HLA-A and -B alleles. However, even using advanced neural network- based algorithms to encode HLA-peptide binding rules, several factors limit the power to predict peptides presented on HLA alleles.

[0122] Another example of translating peptide sequencing information into a therapeutic vaccine may include formulating the drug as a multi -epitope vaccine of long peptides. Targeting as many mutated epitopes as practically possible takes advantage of the enormous capacity of the immune system, prevents the opportunity for immunological escape by down-modulation of an immune targeted gene product, and compensates for the known inaccuracy of epitope prediction approaches. Synthetic peptides provide a useful means to prepare multiple immunogens efficiently and to rapidly translate identification of mutant epitopes to an effective vaccine. Peptides can be readily synthesized chemically and easily purified utilizing reagents free of contaminating bacteria or animal substances. The small size allows a clear focus on the mutated region of the protein and also reduces irrelevant antigenic competition from other components (non-mutated protein or viral vector antigens).

[0123] Yet another example of translating peptide sequencing information into a therapeutic vaccine may include a combination with a strong vaccine adjuvant. Effective vaccines may require a strong adjuvant to initiate an immune response. For example, poly-ICLC, an agonist of TLR3 and the RNA helicase-domains of MDA5 and RIG3, has shown several desirable properties for a vaccine adjuvant. These properties include the induction of local and systemic activation of immune cells in vivo, production of stimulatory chemokines and cytokines, and stimulation of antigen-presentation by DCs. Furthermore, poly-ICFC can induce durable CD4+ and CD8+ responses in humans. Importantly, striking similarities in the upregulation of transcriptional and signal transduction pathways were seen in subjects vaccinated with poly-ICFC and in volunteers who had received the highly effective, replication-competent yellow fever vaccine. Furthermore, >90% of ovarian carcinoma patients immunized with poly-ICFC in combination with a NYESO-l peptide vaccine (in addition to Montanide) showed induction of CD4+ and CD8+ T cell, as well as antibody responses to the peptide in a recent phase 1 study. At the same time, poly-ICFC has been extensively tested in more than 25 clinical trials to date and exhibited a relatively benign toxicity profile.

[0124] In some aspects, provided herein is a composition comprising: a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, a polynucleotide encoding the first peptide and the second peptide, one or more APCs comprising the first peptide and the second peptide, or a first T cell receptor (TCR) specific for the first neoepitope in complex with an HFA protein and a second TCR specific for the second neoepitope in complex with an HFA protein; wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation.

[0125] In some aspects, provided herein is a composition comprising: a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the region of the same protein, wherein the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprise at least one amino acid of the region that is the same, a polynucleotide encoding the first peptide and the second peptide, on or more APCs comprising the first peptide and the second peptide, or a first T cell receptor (TCR) specific for the first neoepitope in complex with an HFA protein and a second TCR specific for the second neoepitope in complex with an HFA protein; wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation.

[0126] In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. In some embodiments, the first peptide and the second peptide are different molecules. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a first neoepitope of a region of the same protein, wherein the second neoepitope comprises a second neoepitope of the region of the same protein. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprise at least one amino acid of the region that is the same. In some embodiments, the region of the protein comprises at least 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1,000 contiguous amino acids of the protein. In some embodiments, the region of the protein comprises at most 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1,000 contiguous amino acids of the protein. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope is a first neoepitope peptide processed from the first peptide and/or the second neoepitope is a second neoepitope peptide processed from the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope is shorter in length than first peptide and/or the second neoepitope is shorter in length than second peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope peptide is processed by an antigen presenting cell (APC) comprising the first peptide and/or the second neoepitope peptide is processed by an APC comprising the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class II HLA- peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class II HLA-peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide. In some embodiments, the one or more APCs comprise a first APC comprising the first peptide and a second APC comprising the second peptide. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frameshift mutation, a read-through mutation, a gene fusion mutation and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope comprises a sequence encoded by a gene of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the protein is encoded by a gene of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the mutation is a mutation of column 2 of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the protein is KRAS. In some embodiments, a single polypeptide comprises the first peptide and the second peptide, or a single polynucleotide encodes the first peptide and the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide and the second peptide are encoded by a sequence transcribed from a same transcription start site. In some embodiments, the first peptide is encoded by a sequence transcribed from a first transcription start site and the second peptide is encoded by a sequence transcribed from a second transcription start site. In some embodiments, the single polypeptide has a length of at least 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a first sequence with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%,

85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%, sequence identity to a first corresponding wild-type sequence; and a second sequence with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%, sequence identity to a corresponding second wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a first sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%,

67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%,

86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%, sequence identity to a corresponding first wild-type sequence; and a second sequence of at least 16 or 17 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%, sequence identity to a corresponding second wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second peptide is longer than the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide is longer than the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17;; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%,

80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 17 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%,

68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%,

87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild- type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is longer than the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of at least 8 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of at least 16 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 16 to 25 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 16 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild- type sequence. [0127] In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at most 13 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 8; 9; 10; 11; or 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a lenght of at least one amino acid longer than the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16; 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 or 10 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%,

69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%.

88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is longer than the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of at least 8 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is comprsied within the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of at least 9 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 9to 25 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 9 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence.

[0128] In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises at least one an additional mutation. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is not a mutation in the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is a mutation in the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises at least one additional mutation. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is not a mutation in the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is a mutation in the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first peptide, the second peptide or both comprise at least one flanking sequence, wherein the at least one flanking sequence is upstream or downstream of the neoepitope. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence has at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%,

68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%,

87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence comprises a non wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence is a N-terminus flanking sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence is a C-terminus flanking sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence of the first peptide has at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the at least one flanking sequence of the second peptide. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking region of the first peptide is different from the at least one flanking region of the second peptide. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking residue comprises the mutation. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope, the second neoepitope or both comprises at least one anchor residue. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue of the first neoepitope is at a canonical anchor position. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue of the first neoepitope is at a non-canonical anchor position. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue of the second neoepitope is at a canonical anchor position. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue of the second neoepitope is at a non- canonical anchor position. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue of the first neoepitope is different from the at least one anchor residue of the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue is a wild-type residue. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue is a substitution. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and/or the second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a greater affinity than a corresponding neoepitope without the substitution. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and/or the second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a greater affinity than a corresponding wild-type sequence without the substitution. In some embodiments, at least one anchor residue does not comprise the mutation. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope, the second neoepitope or both comprise at least one anchor residue flanking region. In some embodiments, the neoepitope comprises at least one anchor residue. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residues comprises at least two anchor residues. In some embodiments, the at least two anchor residues are separated by a separation region comprising at least 1 amino acid. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue flanking region is not within the separation region. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue flanking region is upstream of a N-terminal anchor residue of the at least two anchor residues downstream of a C-terminal anchor residue of the at least two anchor residue both (a) and (b).

[0129] In some embodiments, composition comprises an adjuvant. In some embodiments, the composition comprises one or more additional peptides, wherein the one or more additional peptides comprise a third neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a greater affinity than a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 1000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA class I protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 1000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA class II protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 1000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to a protein encoded by an HLA allele expressed by a subject. In some embodiments, the mutation is not present in non-cancer cells of a subject. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope is encoded by a gene or an expressed gene of a subject’s cancer cells. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a first T cell comprising the first TCR. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a second T cell comprising the second TCR. In some embodiments, the first TCR comprises a non-native intracellular domain and/or the second TCR comprises a non-native intracellular domain. In some embodiments, the first TCR is a soluble TCR and/or the second TCR is a soluble TCR. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is a cytotoxic T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is a gamma delta T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is a helper T cell. In some embodiments, the first T cell is a T cell stimulated, expanded or induced with the first neoepitope and/or the second T cell is a T cell stimulated, expanded or induced with the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is an autologous T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is an allogenic T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is an engineered T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second T cell is a T cell of a cell line. In some embodiments, the first and/or second TCR binds to an HLA-peptide complex with a KD or an IC50 of less than 1000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some aspects, provided herein is a vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding a first and a second peptide described herein. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide is operably linked to a promoter. In some embodiments, the vector is a self-amplifying RNA replicon, plasmid, phage, transposon, cosmid, virus, or virion. In some embodiments, the vector is a viral vector. In some embodiments, the vector is derived from a retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, adeno -associated virus, herpes virus, pox virus, alpha virus, vaccina virus, hepatitis B virus, human papillomavirus or a pseudotype thereof. In some embodiments, the vector is a non-viral vector. In some embodiments, the non-viral vector is a nanoparticle, a cationic lipid, a cationic polymer, a metallic nanopolymer, a nanorod, a liposome, a micelle, a microbubble, a cell-penetrating peptide, or a liposphere.

[0130] In some aspects, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a composition described herein, or a vector described herein; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

[0131] In some embodiments, the plurality of cells is autologous cells. In some embodiments, the plurality of APC cells is autologous cells. In some embodiments, the plurality of T cells is autologous cells. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an immunomodulatory agent or an adjuvant. In some embodiments, the immunomodulatory agent is a cytokine. In some embodiments, the adjuvant is Hiltonol.

[0132] In some aspects, provided herein is a method of treating cancer, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutical composition described herein.

[0133] In some aspects, provided herein is a method of preventing resistance to a cancer therapy, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutical composition described herein.

[0134] In some aspects, provided herein is a method of inducing an immune response, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutical composition described herein. [0135] In some embodiments, the immune response is a humoral response. In some embodiments, the first peptide and the second peptide are administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially. In some embodiments, the first peptide is sequentially administered after the second peptide. In some embodiments, the second peptide is sequentially administered after the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide is sequentially administered after a time period sufficient for the second peptide to activate the T cells. In some embodiments, the second peptide is sequentially administered after a time period sufficient for the first peptide to activate the T cells. In some embodiments, the first peptide is sequentially administered after the second peptide to restimulate the T cells. In some embodiments, the second peptide is sequentially administered after the first peptide to restimulate the T cells. In some embodiments, the first peptide is administered to stimulate the T cells and the second peptide is administered after the first peptide to restimulate the T cells. In some embodiments, the second peptide is administered to stimulate the T cells and the first peptide is administered after the second peptide to restimulate the T cells. In some embodiments, the subject has cancer, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, prostate cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer, and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL). In some embodiments, the subject has a breast cancer that is resistant to anti -estrogen therapy. In some embodiments, the breast cancer expresses an estrogen receptor with a mutation. In some embodiments, the subject has a CLL that is resistant to ibrutinib therapy. In some embodiments, the CLL expresses a Bruton tyrosine kinase with a mutation, such as a C481S mutation. In some embodiments, the subject has a lung cancer that is resistant to a tyrosine kinase inhibitor. In some embodiments, the lung cancer expresses an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) with a mutation, such as a T790M, L792F, or C797S mutation. In some embodiments, the plurality of APC cells comprising the first peptide and the plurality of APC cells comprising the second peptide are administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially. In some embodiments, the plurality of T cells comprising the first TCR and the plurality of T cells comprising the second TCR are administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering at least one additional therapeutic agent or modality. In some embodiments, the at least one additional therapeutic agent or modality is surgery, a checkpoint inhibitor, an antibody or fragment thereof, a chemotherapeutic agent, radiation, a vaccine, a small molecule, a T cell, a vector, and APC, a polynucleotide, an oncolytic virus or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an anti -PD- 1 agent and anti-PD-Fl agent, an anti-CTFA-4 agent, or an anti- CD40 agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is administered before, simultaneously, or after administering a pharmaceutical composition according described herein.

Peptides

[0136] In aspects, the present disclosure provides isolated peptides that comprise a tumor specific mutation from Table 1 or 2. These peptides and polypeptides are referred to herein as“neoantigenic peptides” or “neoantigenic polypeptides”. The term“peptide” is used interchangeably with“mutant peptide”,“neoantigen peptide” and“neoantigenic peptide” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, typically F- amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. Similarly, the term“polypeptide” is used interchangeably with“mutant polypeptide”, “neoantigen polypeptide” and“neoantigenic polypeptide” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, e.g., L-amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. The polypeptides or peptides can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described. Table 1

Underlined AAs represent non-native AAs

² Bolded AAs represent native AAs of the amino acid sequence encoded by the second of the two fused genes 3Bolded and underlined AAs represent non-native AAs of the amino acid sequence encoded by the second of the two fused genes due to a frameshift.

Table 2

Bolded AAs represent native AAs of the amino acid sequence encoded by the second of the two fused genes ³ Bolded and underlined AAs represent non-native AAs of the amino acid sequence encoded by the second of the two fused genes due to a frameshift.

[0137] In the Tables above, for one or more of the exemplary fusions, a sequence that comes before the first belongs to an exon sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a first gene, a sequence that comes after the second belongs to an exon sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a second gene, and an amino acid that appears between symbols is encoded by a codon that is split between the exon sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a first gene and the exon sequence of a polypeptide encoded by a second gene.

[0138] However, in some embodiments, for example, NAB:STAT6, the NAB exon is linked to the 5’ UTR of STAT6 and the first amino acid that appears after the junction is the normal start codon of STAT6 (there is no frame present at this site (as it is not normally translated).

[0139] AR-V7 in the tables above can also be considered, in some embodiments, a splice variant of the AR gene that encodes a protein that lacks the ligand binding domain found in full length AR.

[0140] In some embodiments, sequencing methods are used to identify tumor specific mutations. Any suitable sequencing method can be used according to the present disclosure, for example, Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) technologies. Third Generation Sequencing methods might substitute for the NGS technology in the future to speed up the sequencing step of the method. For clarification purposes: the terms “Next Generation Sequencing” or“NGS” in the context of the present disclosure mean all novel high throughput sequencing technologies which, in contrast to the“conventional” sequencing methodology known as Sanger chemistry, read nucleic acid templates randomly in parallel along the entire genome by breaking the entire genome into small pieces. Such NGS technologies (also known as massively parallel sequencing technologies) are able to deliver nucleic acid sequence information of a whole genome, exome, transcriptome (all transcribed sequences of a genome) or methylome (all methylated sequences of a genome) in very short time periods, e.g. within 1-2 weeks, for example, within 1-7 days or within less than 24 hours and allow, in principle, single cell sequencing approaches. Multiple NGS platforms which are commercially available or which are mentioned in the literature can be used in the context of the present disclosure e.g. those described in detail in WO 2012/159643.

[0141] In certain embodiments, the peptide described herein can comprise, but is not limited to, about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about

28, about 29, about 30, about 31, about 32, about 33, about 34, about 35, about 36, about 37, about 38, about

39, about 40, about 41, about 42, about 43, about 44, about 45, about 46, about 47, about 48, about 49, about

50, about 60, about 70, about 80, about 90, about 100, about 110, about 120, about 150, about 200, about 300, about 350, about 400, about 450, about 500, about 600, about 700, about 800, about 900, about 1,000, about 1,500, about 2,000, about 2,500, about 3,000, about 4,000, about 5,000, about 7,500, about 10,000 amino acids or greater amino acid residues, and any range derivable therein. In specific embodiments, a neoantigenic peptide molecule is equal to or less than 100 amino acids. [0142] In some embodiments, the peptides can be from about 8 and about 50 amino acid residues in length, or from about 8 and about 30, from about 8 and about 20, from about 8 and about 18, from about 8 and about 15, or from about 8 and about 12 amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, the peptides can be from about 8 and about 500 amino acid residues in length, or from about 8 and about 450, from about 8 and about 400, from about 8 and about 350, from about 8 and about 300, from about 8 and about 250, from about 8 and about 200, from about 8 and about 150, from about 8 and about 100, from about 8 and about 50, or from about 8 and about 30 amino acid residues in length.

[0143] In some embodiments, the peptides can be at least 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or more amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, the peptides can be at least 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42,

43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, or more amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, the peptides can be at most 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, or less amino acid residues in length. In some embodiments, the peptides can be at most 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,

39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, or less amino acid residues in length.

[0144] In some embodiments, the peptides has a total length of at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 16, at least 17, at least 18, at least 19, at least 20, at least 21, at least 22, at least 23, at least 24, at least 25, at least 26, at least 27, at least 28, at least 29, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90, at least 100, at least 150, at least 200, at least 250, at least 300, at least 350, at least 400, at least 450, or at least 500 amino acids.

[0145] In some embodiments, the peptides has a total length of at most 8, at most 9, at most 10, at most 11, at most 12, at most 13, at most 14, at most 15, at most 16, at most 17, at most 18, at most 19, at most 20, at most 21, at most 22, at most 23, at most 24, at most 25, at most 26, at most 27, at most 28, at most 29, at most 30, at most 40, at most 50, at most 60, at most 70, at most 80, at most 90, at most 100, at most 150, at most 200, at most 250, at most 300, at most 350, at most 400, at most 450, or at most 500 amino acids.

[0146] A longer peptide can be designed in several ways. In some embodiments, when HLA-binding peptides are predicted or known, a longer peptide comprises (1) individual binding peptides with extensions of 2-5 amino acids toward the N- and C-terminus of each corresponding gene product; or (2) a concatenation of some or all of the binding peptides with extended sequences for each. In other embodiments, when sequencing reveals a long (>10 residues) neoepitope sequence present in the tumor (e.g., due to a frameshift, read-through or intron inclusion that leads to a novel peptide sequence), a longer peptide could consist of the entire stretch of novel tumor-specific amino acids as either a single longer peptide or several overlapping longer peptides. In some embodiments, use of a longer peptide is presumed to allow for endogenous processing by patient cells and can lead to more effective antigen presentation and induction of T cell responses. In some embodiments, two or more peptides can be used, where the peptides overlap and are tiled over the long neoantigenic peptide.

[0147] In some embodiments, the peptides can have a pi value of from about 0.5 to about 12, from about 2 to about 10, or from about 4 to about 8. In some embodiments, the peptides can have a pi value of at least 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, or more. In some embodiments, the peptides can have a pi value of at most 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, or less.

[0148] In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can be in solution, lyophilized, or can be in crystal form. In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can be prepared synthetically, by recombinant DNA technology or chemical synthesis, or can be isolated from natural sources such as native tumors or pathogenic organisms. Neoepitopes can be synthesized individually or joined directly or indirectly in the peptide. Although the peptide described herein can be substantially free of other naturally occurring host cell proteins and fragments thereof, in some embodiments, the peptide can be synthetically conjugated to be joined to native fragments or particles.

[0149] In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can be prepared in a wide variety of ways. In some embodiments, the peptides can be synthesized in solution or on a solid support according to conventional techniques. Various automatic synthesizers are commercially available and can be used according to known protocols. See, for example, Stewart & Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Pierce Chemical Co., 1984. Further, individual peptides can be joined using chemical ligation to produce larger peptides that are still within the bounds of the present disclosure.

[0150] Alternatively, recombinant DNA technology can be employed wherein a nucleotide sequence which encodes the peptide inserted into an expression vector, transformed or transfected into an appropriate host cell and cultivated under conditions suitable for expression. These procedures are generally known in the art, as described generally in Sambrook et ah, Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). Thus, recombinant peptides, which comprise one or more neoantigenic peptides described herein, can be used to present the appropriate T cell epitope.

[0151] In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a gene with a point mutation resulting in an amino acid substitution of the native peptide. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a gene with a point mutation resulting in frame shift mutation. A frameshift occurs when a mutation disrupts the normal phase of a gene’s codon periodicity (also known as“reading frame”), resulting in the translation of a non-native protein sequence. It is possible for different mutations in a gene to achieve the same altered reading frame. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a gene with a mutation resulting in fusion polypeptide, in-frame deletion, insertion, expression of endogenous retroviral polypeptides, and tumor-specific overexpression of polypeptides. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a fusion of a first gene with a second gene. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by an in-frame fusion of a first gene with a second gene. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a fusion of a first gene with an exon of a splice variant of the first gene. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a fusion of a first gene with a cryptic exon of the first gene. In some embodiments, the peptide is encoded by a fusion of a first gene with a second gene, wherein the peptide comprises an amino acid sequence encoded by an out of frame sequence resulting from the fusion.

[0152] In some aspects, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising at least two or more than two peptides. In some embodiments, the composition described herein contains at least two distinct peptides. In some embodiments, the composition described herein contains a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and second peptides are derived from the same protein. The at least two distinct peptides may vary by length, amino acid sequence or both. The peptides can be derived from any protein known to or have been found to contain a tumor specific mutation. In some embodiments, the composition described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the composition described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frame shift mutation, a read-through mutation, a gene fusion mutation and any combination thereof.

[0153] In some embodiments, the peptide can be derived from a protein with a substitution mutation, e.g., the KRAS G12C, G12D, G12V, Q61H or Q61L mutation, or the NRAS Q61K or Q61R mutation. The substitution may be positioned anywhere along the length of the peptide. For example, it can be located in the N terminal third of the peptide, the central third of the peptide or the C terminal third of the peptide. In another embodiment, the substituted residue is located 2-5 residues away from the N terminal end or 2-5 residues away from the C terminal end. The peptides can similarly derived from tumor specific insertion mutations where the peptide comprises one or more, or all of the inserted residues.

[0154] In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises at least one an additional mutation. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is not a mutation in the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is a mutation in the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises at least one additional mutation. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is not a mutation in the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, one or more of the at least one additional mutation is a mutation in the second neoepitope.

[0155] In some aspects, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a single polypeptide comprises the first peptide and the second peptide, or a single polynucleotide encodes the first peptide and the second peptide. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises one or more additional peptides, wherein the one or more additional peptides comprise a third neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first peptide and the second peptide are encoded by a sequence transcribed from the same transcription start site. In some embodiments, the first peptide is encoded by a sequence transcribed from a first transcription start site and the second peptide is encoded by a sequence transcribed from a second transcription start site. In some embodiments, wherein the polypeptide has a length of at least 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a first sequence with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence; and a second sequence with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a first sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence; and a second sequence of at least 16 or 17 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence.

[0156] In some embodiments, the second peptide is longer than the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide is longer than the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 17 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence.

[0157] In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at most 13 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 8; 9; 10; 11; or 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a lenght of at least one amino acid longer than the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16; 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 or 10 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%,

69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%.

88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is longer than the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of at least 8 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is comprsied within the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of at least 9 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 9to 25 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 9 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence.

[0158] In some embodiments, the first peptide, the second peptide or both comprise at least one flanking sequence, wherein the at least one flanking sequence is upstream or downstream of the neoepitope. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence has at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%,

68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%.

87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence comprises a non wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence is a N-terminus flanking sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence is a C-terminus flanking sequence. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking sequence of the first peptide has at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%,

83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to the at least one flanking sequence of the second peptide. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking region of the first peptide is different from the at least one flanking region of the second peptide. In some embodiments, the at least one flanking residue comprises the mutation.

[0159] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence comprising at least one mutant amino acid. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more mutant amino acids. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids upstream of the least one mutant amino acid. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids downstream of the least one mutant amino acid. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid; at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids upstream of the least one mutant amino acid; and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids downstream of the least one mutant amino acid.

[0160] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoantigenic peptide sequence depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more mutant amino acids (underlined amino acids) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) and at least one bolded amino acid as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,

18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids upstream of the least one mutant amino acid as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids downstream of the least one mutant amino acid as depicted in Tables 1 or 2. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid), at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,

19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids upstream of the least one mutant amino acid, and at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more non-mutant amino acids downstream of the least one mutant amino acid as depicted in Tables 1 or 2.

[0161] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid, a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence, and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence.

[0162] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,

28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid, a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence, and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence.

[0163] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2 and a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%,

86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2 and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2, a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%,

80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%,

99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence, and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%,

72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%,

91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence.

[0164] In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2 and a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%,

78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%,

97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2 and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%,

86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence. In some embodiments, a peptide comprises a neoepitope sequence derived from a protein comprising at least one mutant amino acid (underlined amino acid) as depicted in Tables 1 or 2, a sequence upstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence, and a sequence downstream of the least one mutant amino acid comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%,

78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%,

97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a corresponding wild type sequence.

[0165] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12C mutation comprises a sequence of MTEYKLVVVGACGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETC LLDILDTAGQE. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12 C mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of KLVVVGACGV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12 C mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of LVVVGACGV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12 C mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVGACGVGK. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12 C mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVVGACGVGK.

[0166] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12D mutation comprises a sequence of MTEYKLVVV GADGV GKS ALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIED SYRKQ WIDGET CLLDILDTAGQE . In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12D mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVGADGVGK. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12D mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVVGADGVGK. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12D mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of KLVVVGADGV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12D mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of LVVVGADGV.

[0167] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12V mutation comprises a sequence of MTEYKLVVV GAV GV GKS ALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIED SYRKQ WIDGET CLLDILDTAGQE . In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12V mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of KLVVVGAVGV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12V mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of LVVVGAVGV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12V mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVGAVGVGK. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS G12V mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of VVVGAVGVGK. [0168] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS Q61H mutation comprises a sequence of AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGHEEYSAMRDQ YMRTGEG FLCVFAIN TKSFEDIHHYREQIKRVKDSEDVPM. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS Q61H mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of ILDTAGHEEY.

[0169] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS Q61L mutation comprises a sequence of AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGLEEYSAMRDQ YMRTGEG FLCVFAIN TKSFEDIHHYREQIKRVKDSEDVPM. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS Q61L mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of ILDTAGLEEY. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a KRAS Q61L mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of LLDILDTAGL.

[0170] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a NRAS Q61K mutation comprises a sequence of AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGKEEYSAMRDQ YMRTGEG FLCVFAINNSKSFADINLYREQIKRVKDSDDVPM. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a NRAS Q61K mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of ILDTAGKEEY.

[0171] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a NRAS Q61R mutation comprises a sequence of AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGREEYSAMRDQ YMRTGEG FLCVFAINNSKSFADINLYREQIKRVKDSDDVPM. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a NRAS Q61R mutation comprises a neoepitope sequence of ILDTAGREEY.

[0172] In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a mutation of a TMPRSS2:ERG fusion comprises a neoepitope sequence of

MALNS::EALSVVSEDQSLFECAYGTPHLAKTEMTASSSSDYGQTSKMSPRVPQQDW ALNSEALSV.

In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a mutation of a TMPRSS2:ERG fusion comprises a neoepitope sequence of ALNSEALSVV. In some embodiments, a peptide comprising a mutation of a TMPRSS2:ERG fusion comprises a neoepitope sequence of MALNSEALSV.

Peptide Modification

[0173] In some embodiments, the present disclosure includes modified peptides. A modification can include a covalent chemical modification that does not alter the primary amino acid sequence of the antigenic peptide itself. Modifications can produce peptides with desired properties, for example, prolonging the in vivo half-life, increasing the stability, reducing the clearance, altering the immunogenicity or allergenicity, enabling the raising of particular antibodies, cellular targeting, antigen uptake, antigen processing, HLA affinity, HLA stability or antigen presentation. In some embodiments, a peptide may comprise one or more sequences that enhance processing and presentation of epitopes by APCs, for example, for generation of an immune response.

[0174] In some embodiments, the peptide may be modified to provide desired attributes. For instance, the ability of the peptides to induce CTL activity can be enhanced by linkage to a sequence which contains at least one epitope that is capable of inducing a T helper cell response. In some embodiments, immunogenic peptides/T helper conjugates are linked by a spacer molecule. In some embodiments, a spacer comprises relatively small, neutral molecules, such as amino acids or amino acid mimetics, which are substantially uncharged under physiological conditions. Spacers can be selected from, e.g., Ala, Gly, or other neutral spacers of nonpolar amino acids or neutral polar amino acids. It will be understood that the optionally present spacer need not be comprised of the same residues and thus may be a hetero- or homo-oligomer. The neoantigenic peptide may be linked to the T helper peptide either directly or via a spacer either at the amino or carboxy terminus of the peptide. The amino terminus of either the neoantigenic peptide or the T helper peptide may be acylated. Examples of T helper peptides include tetanus toxoid residues 830-843, influenza residues 307-319, and malaria circumsporozoite residues 382-398 and residues 378-389.

[0175] The peptide sequences of the present disclosure may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the peptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.

[0176] In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can contain substitutions to modify a physical property (e.g., stability or solubility) of the resulting peptide. For example, the peptides can be modified by the substitution of a cysteine (C) with a-amino butyric acid (“B”). Due to its chemical nature, cysteine has the propensity to form disulfide bridges and sufficiently alter the peptide structurally so as to reduce binding capacity. Substituting a-amino butyric acid for C not only alleviates this problem, but actually improves binding and cross-binding capability in certain instances. Substitution of cysteine with a-amino butyric acid can occur at any residue of a neoantigenic peptide, e.g., at either anchor or non-anchor positions of an epitope or analog within a peptide, or at other positions of a peptide.

[0177] The peptide may also be modified by extending or decreasing the compound’s amino acid sequence, e.g., by the addition or deletion of amino acids. The peptides or analogs can also be modified by altering the order or composition of certain residues. It will be appreciated by the skilled artisan that certain amino acid residues essential for biological activity, e.g., those at critical contact sites or conserved residues, may generally not be altered without an adverse effect on biological activity. The non- critical amino acids need not be limited to those naturally occurring in proteins, such as L-a-amino acids, or their D-isomers, but may include non-natural amino acids as well, such as b-g-d- amino acids, as well as many derivatives of L-a-amino acids.

[0178] In some embodiments, the peptide may be modified using a series of peptides with single amino acid substitutions to determine the effect of electrostatic charge, hydrophobicity, etc. on HLA binding. For instance, a series of positively charged (e.g., Lys or Arg) or negatively charged (e.g., Glu) amino acid substitutions may be made along the length of the peptide revealing different patterns of sensitivity towards various HLA molecules and T cell receptors. In addition, multiple substitutions using small, relatively neutral moieties such as Ala, Gly, Pro, or similar residues may be employed. The substitutions may be homo oligomers or hetero-oligomers. The number and types of residues which are substituted or added depend on the spacing necessary between essential contact points and certain functional attributes which are sought (e.g., hydrophobicity versus hydrophilicity). Increased binding affinity for an HLA molecule or T cell receptor may also be achieved by such substitutions, compared to the affinity of the parent peptide. In any event, such substitutions should employ amino acid residues or other molecular fragments chosen to avoid, for example, steric and charge interference which might disrupt binding. Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof may be combined to arrive at a final peptide.

[0179] In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can comprise amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acid residues, e.g. D- or L-naphylalanine; D- or L-phenylglycine; D- or L-2-thieneylalanine; D- or L-l, -2, 3-, or 4-pyreneylalanine; D- or L-3 thieneylalanine; D- or L-(2-pyridinyl)-alanine; D- or L-(3-pyridinyl)- alanine; D- or L-(2-pyrazinyl)-alanine; D- or L-(4-isopropyl)-phenylglycine; D-(trifluoromethyl)- phenylglycine; D-(trifluoro-methyl)-phenylalanine; D-p-fluorophenylalanine; D- or L-p-biphenyl- phenylalanine; D- or L-p-methoxybiphenylphenylalanine; D- or L-2-indole(allyl)alanines; and, D- or L- alkylalanines, where the alkyl group can be a substituted or unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, butyl, pentyl, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-isotyl, iso-pentyl, or a non-acidic amino acid residues. Aromatic rings of a non-natural amino acid include, e.g., thiazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, benzimidazolyl, naphthyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, and pyridyl aromatic rings. Modified peptides that have various amino acid mimetics or unnatural amino acid residues may have increased stability in vivo. Such peptides may also have improved shelf-life or manufacturing properties.

[0180] In some embodiments, a peptide described herein can be modified by terminal-NH2 acylation, e.g., by alkanoyl (C1-C20) or thioglycolyl acetylation, terminal-carboxyl amidation, e.g., ammonia, methylamine, etc. In some embodiments these modifications can provide sites for linking to a support or other molecule. In some embodiments, the peptide described herein can contain modifications such as but not limited to glycosylation, side chain oxidation, biotinylation, phosphorylation, addition of a surface active material, e.g. a lipid, or can be chemically modified, e.g., acetylation, etc. Moreover, bonds in the peptide can be other than peptide bonds, e.g., covalent bonds, ester or ether bonds, disulfide bonds, hydrogen bonds, ionic bonds, etc.

[0181] In some embodiments, a peptide described herein can comprise carriers such as those well known in the art, e.g., thyroglobulin, albumins such as human serum albumin, tetanus toxoid, polyamino acid residues such as poly L-lysine and poly L-glutamic acid, influenza virus proteins, hepatitis B virus core protein, and the like.

[0182] The peptides can be further modified to contain additional chemical moieties not normally part of a protein. Those derivatized moieties can improve the solubility, the biological half-life, absorption of the protein, or binding affinity. The moieties can also reduce or eliminate any desirable side effects of the peptides and the like. An overview for those moieties can be found in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (2000). For example, neoantigenic peptides having the desired activity may be modified as necessary to provide certain desired attributes, e.g. improved pharmacological characteristics, while increasing or at least retaining substantially all of the biological activity of the unmodified peptide to bind the desired HLA molecule and activate the appropriate T cell. For instance, the peptide may be subject to various changes, such as substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes might provide for certain advantages in their use, such as improved HLA binding. Such conservative substitutions may encompass replacing an amino acid residue with another amino acid residue that is biologically and/or chemically similar, e.g., one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another. The effect of single amino acid substitutions may also be probed using D- amino acids. Such modifications may be made using well known peptide synthesis procedures, as described in e.g., Merrifield, Science 232:341-347 (1986), Barany & Merrifield, The Peptides, Gross & Meienhofer, eds. (N.Y., Academic Press), pp. 1-284 (1979); and Stewart & Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, (Rockford, III., Pierce), 2d Ed. (1984).

[0183] In some embodiments, the peptide described herein may be conjugated to large, slowly metabolized macromolecules such as proteins; polysaccharides, such as sepharose, agarose, cellulose, cellulose beads; polymeric amino acids such as polyglutamic acid, polylysine; amino acid copolymers; inactivated virus particles; inactivated bacterial toxins such as toxoid from diphtheria, tetanus, cholera, leukotoxin molecules; inactivated bacteria; and dendritic cells.

[0184] Changes to the peptide that may include, but are not limited to, conjugation to a carrier protein, conjugation to a ligand, conjugation to an antibody, PEGylation, polysialylation HESylation, recombinant PEG mimetics, Fc fusion, albumin fusion, nanoparticle attachment, nanoparticulate encapsulation, cholesterol fusion, iron fusion, acylation, amidation, glycosylation, side chain oxidation, phosphorylation, biotinylation, the addition of a surface active material, the addition of amino acid mimetics, or the addition of unnatural amino acids.

[0185] Glycosylation can affect the physical properties of proteins and can also be important in protein stability, secretion, and subcellular localization. Proper glycosylation can be important for biological activity. In fact, some genes from eukaryotic organisms, when expressed in bacteria (e.g., E. coli) which lack cellular processes for glycosylating proteins, yield proteins that are recovered with little or no activity by virtue of their lack of glycosylation. Addition of glycosylation sites can be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence. The alteration to the peptide or protein may be made, for example, by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues (for O-linked glycosylation sites) or asparagine residues (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The structures of N-linked and O-linked oligosaccharides and the sugar residues found in each type may be different. One type of sugar that is commonly found on both is N- acetylneuraminic acid (hereafter referred to as sialic acid). Sialic acid is usually the terminal residue of both N-linked and O-linked oligosaccharides and, by virtue of its negative charge, may confer acidic properties to the glycoprotein. Embodiments of the present disclosure comprise the generation and use of N-glycosylation variants. Removal of carbohydrates may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically, or by substitution of codons encoding amino acid residues that are glycosylated. Chemical deglycosylation techniques are known, and enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases. [0186] Additional suitable components and molecules for conjugation include, for example, molecules for targeting to the lymphatic system, thyroglobulin; albumins such as human serum albumin (HAS); tetanus toxoid; Diphtheria toxoid; polyamino acids such as poly(D-lysine:D-glutamic acid); VP6 polypeptides of rotaviruses; influenza virus hemagglutinin, influenza virus nucleoprotein; Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin (KLH); and hepatitis B virus core protein and surface antigen; or any combination of the foregoing.

[0187] Another type of modification is to conjugate (e.g., link) one or more additional components or molecules at the N- and/or C-terminus of a polypeptide sequence, such as another protein (e.g., a protein having an amino acid sequence heterologous to the subject protein), or a carrier molecule. Thus, an exemplary polypeptide sequence can be provided as a conjugate with another component or molecule. In some embodiments, fusion of albumin to the peptide or protein of the present disclosure can, for example, be achieved by genetic manipulation, such that the DNA coding for HSA, or a fragment thereof, is joined to the DNA coding for the one or more polypeptide sequences. Thereafter, a suitable host can be transformed or transfected with the fused nucleotide sequences in the form of, for example, a suitable plasmid, so as to express a fusion polypeptide. The expression may be effected in vitro from, for example, prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells, or in vivo from, for example, a transgenic organism. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the expression of the fusion protein is performed in mammalian cell lines, for example, CHO cell lines. Furthermore, albumin itself may be modified to extend its circulating half-life. Fusion of the modified albumin to one or more polypeptides can be attained by the genetic manipulation techniques described above or by chemical conjugation; the resulting fusion molecule has a half- life that exceeds that of fusions with non-modified albumin (see, e.g., WO2011/051489). Several albumin-binding strategies have been developed as alternatives for direct fusion, including albumin binding through a conjugated fatty acid chain (acylation). Because serum albumin is a transport protein for fatty acids, these natural ligands with albumin -binding activity have been used for half-life extension of small protein therapeutics.

[0188] Additional candidate components and molecules for conjugation include those suitable for isolation or purification. Non-limiting examples include binding molecules, such as biotin (biotin-avidin specific binding pair), an antibody, a receptor, a ligand, a lectin, or molecules that comprise a solid support, including, for example, plastic or polystyrene beads, plates or beads, magnetic beads, test strips, and membranes. Purification methods such as cation exchange chromatography may be used to separate conjugates by charge difference, which effectively separates conjugates into their various molecular weights. The content of the fractions obtained by cation exchange chromatography may be identified by molecular weight using conventional methods, for example, mass spectroscopy, SDS-PAGE, or other known methods for separating molecular entities by molecular weight.

[0189] In some embodiments, the amino- or carboxyl- terminus of the peptide or protein sequence of the present disclosure can be fused with an immunoglobulin Fc region (e.g., human Fc) to form a fusion conjugate (or fusion molecule). Fc fusion conjugates have been shown to increase the systemic half-life of biopharmaceuticals, and thus the biopharmaceutical product may require less frequent administration. Fc binds to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) in endothelial cells that line the blood vessels, and, upon binding, the Fc fusion molecule is protected from degradation and re- released into the circulation, keeping the molecule in circulation longer. This Fc binding is believed to be the mechanism by which endogenous IgG retains its long plasma half-life. More recent Fc-fusion technology links a single copy of a biopharmaceutical to the Fc region of an antibody to optimize the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics properties of the biopharmaceutical as compared to traditional Fc-fusion conjugates.

[0190] The present disclosure contemplates the use of other modifications, currently known or developed in the future, of the peptides to improve one or more properties. One such method for prolonging the circulation half-life, increasing the stability, reducing the clearance, or altering the immunogenicity or allergenicity of the peptide of the present disclosure involves modification of the peptide sequences by hesylation, which utilizes hydroxyethyl starch derivatives linked to other molecules in order to modify the molecule’s characteristics. Various aspects of hesylation are described in, for example, U.S. Patent Appln. Nos. 2007/0134197 and 2006/0258607.

[0191] Peptide stability can be assayed in a number of ways. For instance, peptidases and various biological media, such as human plasma and serum, have been used to test stability. See, e.g., Verhoef, et ah, Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokinetics 11:291 (1986). Half-life of the peptides described herein is conveniently determined using a 25% human serum (v/v) assay. The protocol is as follows: pooled human serum (Type AB, non-heat inactivated) is dilapidated by centrifugation before use. The serum is then diluted to 25% with RPMI-1640 or another suitable tissue culture medium. At predetermined time intervals, a small amount of reaction solution is removed and added to either 6% aqueous trichloroacetic acid (TCA) or ethanol. The cloudy reaction sample is cooled (4 °C) for 15 minutes and then spun to pellet the precipitated serum proteins. The presence of the peptides is then determined by reversed-phase HPLC using stability-specific chromatography conditions.

[0192] Issues associated with short plasma half- life or susceptibility to protease degradation may be overcome by various modifications, including conjugating or linking the peptide or protein sequence to any of a variety of non-proteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes (see, for example, typically via a linking moiety covalently bound to both the protein and the nonproteinaceous polymer, e.g., a PEG). Such PEG conjugated biomolecules have been shown to possess clinically useful properties, including better physical and thermal stability, protection against susceptibility to enzymatic degradation, increased solubility, longer in vivo circulating half-life and decreased clearance, reduced immunogenicity and antigenicity, and reduced toxicity.

[0193] PEGs suitable for conjugation to a polypeptide or protein sequence are generally soluble in water at room temperature, and have the general formula R-(0-CH2-CH2)n-0-R, where R is hydrogen or a protective group such as an alkyl or an alkanol group, and where n is an integer from 1 to 1000. When R is a protective group, it generally has from 1 to 8 carbons. The PEG conjugated to the polypeptide sequence can be linear or branched. Branched PEG derivatives,“star-PEGs” and multi-armed PEGs are contemplated by the present disclosure. The present disclosure also contemplates compositions of conjugates wherein the PEGs have different n values and thus the various different PEGs are present in specific ratios. For example, some compositions comprise a mixture of conjugates where n = 1, 2, 3 and 4. In some compositions, the percentage of conjugates where n=l is 18-25%, the percentage of conjugates where n = 2 is 50-66%, the percentage of conjugates where n=3 is 12-16%, and the percentage of conjugates where n = 4 is up to 5%. Such compositions can be produced by reaction conditions and purification methods know in the art. For example, cation exchange chromatography may be used to separate conjugates, and a fraction is then identified which contains the conjugate having, for example, the desired number of PEGs attached, purified free from unmodified protein sequences and from conjugates having other numbers of PEGs attached.

[0194] PEG may be bound to the peptide or protein of the present disclosure via a terminal reactive group (a“spacer”). The spacer is, for example, a terminal reactive group which mediates a bond between the free amino or carboxyl groups of one or more of the polypeptide sequences and PEG. The PEG having the spacer which may be bound to the free amino group includes N-hydroxysuccinylimide PEG which may be prepared by activating succinic acid ester of PEG with N-hydroxysuccinylimide. Another activated PEG which may be bound to a free amino group is 2,4-bis(0-methoxypolyethyleneglycol)-6-chloro-s-triazine which may be prepared by reacting PEG monomethyl ether with cyanuric chloride. The activated PEG which is bound to the free carboxyl group includes polyoxyethylenediamine.

[0195] Conjugation of one or more of the peptide or protein sequences of the present disclosure to PEG having a spacer may be carried out by various conventional methods. For example, the conjugation reaction can be carried out in solution at a pH of from 5 to 10, at temperature from 4°C to room temperature, for 30 minutes to 20 hours, utilizing a molar ratio of reagent to peptide/protein of from 4: 1 to 30: 1. Reaction conditions may be selected to direct the reaction towards producing predominantly a desired degree of substitution. In general, low temperature, low pH (e.g., pH=5), and short reaction time tend to decrease the number of PEGs attached, whereas high temperature, neutral to high pH (e.g., pH>7), and longer reaction time tend to increase the number of PEGs attached. Various means known in the art may be used to terminate the reaction. In some embodiments the reaction is terminated by acidifying the reaction mixture and freezing at, e.g., -20°C.

[0196] The present disclosure also contemplates the use of PEG mimetics. Recombinant PEG mimetics have been developed that retain the attributes of PEG (e.g., enhanced serum half- life) while conferring several additional advantageous properties. By way of example, simple polypeptide chains (comprising, for example, Ala, Glu, Gly, Pro, Ser and Thr) capable of forming an extended conformation similar to PEG can be produced recombinantly already fused to the peptide or protein drug of interest (e.g., Amunix XTEN technology; Mountain View, CA). This obviates the need for an additional conjugation step during the manufacturing process. Moreover, established molecular biology techniques enable control of the side chain composition of the polypeptide chains, allowing optimization of immunogenicity and manufacturing properties. Neoepitopes

[0197] A neoepitope comprises a neoantigenic determinant part of a neoantigenic peptide or neoantigenic polypeptide that is recognized by immune system. A neoepitope refers to an epitope that is not present in a reference, such as a non-diseased cell, e.g., a non-cancerous cell or a germline cell, but is found in a diseased cell, e.g., a cancer cell. This includes situations where a corresponding epitope is found in a normal non- diseased cell or a germline cell but, due to one or more mutations in a diseased cell, e.g., a cancer cell, the sequence of the epitope is changed so as to result in the neoepitope. The term“neoepitope” is used interchangeably with“tumor specific neoepitope” in the present specification to designate a series of residues, typically L-amino acids, connected one to the other, typically by peptide bonds between the a-amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent amino acids. The neoepitope can be a variety of lengths, either in their neutral (uncharged) forms or in forms which are salts, and either free of modifications such as glycosylation, side chain oxidation, or phosphorylation or containing these modifications, subject to the condition that the modification not destroy the biological activity of the polypeptides as herein described. The present disclosure provides isolated neoepitopes that comprise a tumor specific mutation from Table 1 or 2.

[0198] In some embodiments, neoepitopes described herein for HLA Class I are 13 residues or less in length and usually consist of between about 8 and about 12 residues, particularly 9 or 10 residues. In some embodiments, neoepitopes described herein for HLA Class II are 25 residues or less in length and usually consist of between about 16 and about 25 residues.

[0199] In some embodiments, the composition described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the composition described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frame shift mutation, a read-through mutation, a gene fusion mutation and any combination thereof.

[0200] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA- peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class II HLA a protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class II HLA -peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class II HLA -peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class I HLA -peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex.

[0201] In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is longer than the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of at least 8 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 1 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of at least 16 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 16 to 25 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 16 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 1 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild- type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 16 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence.

[0202] In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at most 13 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide has a length of at least 8; 9; 10; 11; or 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a lenght of at least one amino acid longer than the second peptide. In some embodiments, the first peptide has a length of at least 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16; 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; 29; 30; 40; 50; 60; 70; 80; 90; 100; 150; 200; 250; 300; 350; 400; 450; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1,000; 1,500; 2,000; 2,500; 3,000; 4,000; 5,000; 7,500; or 10,000 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second peptide comprises a sequence of at least 8 or 9 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the first peptide comprises a sequence of at least 9 or 10 contiguous amino acids with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%,

69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%.

88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is longer than the first neoepitope. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of at least 8 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope has a length of from 8 to 12 amino acids. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 8 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 8 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope is comprsied within the first peptide. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of at least 9 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope has a length of from 9 to 25 amino acids. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a sequence of at least 9 contiguous amino acids, wherein at least 2 of the 16 contiguous amino acids are different at corresponding positions of a wild-type sequence. In some embodiments, the neoepitope comprises at least one anchor residue. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope, the second neoepitope or both comprises at least one anchor residue. In one embodiment, the at least one anchor residue of the first neoepitope is at a canonical anchor position or a non-canonical anchor position. In another embodiment, the at least one anchor residue of the second neoepitope is at a canonical anchor position or a non-canonical anchor position. In yet another embodiment, the at least one anchor residue of the first neoepitope is different from the at least one anchor residue of the second neoepitope.

[0203] In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue is a wild-type residue. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue is a substitution. In some embodiments, at least one anchor residue does not comprise the mutation.

[0204] In some embodiments, the second neoepitope or both comprise at least one anchor residue flanking region. In some embodiments, the neoepitope comprises at least one anchor residue. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residues comprises at least two anchor residues. In some embodiments, the at least two anchor residues are separated by a separation region comprising at least 1 amino acid. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue flanking region is not within the separation region. In some embodiments, the at least one anchor residue flanking region is (a) upstream of a N-terminal anchor residue of the at least two anchor residues; (b) downstream of a C-terminal anchor residue of the at least two anchor residues; or both (a) and (b).

[0205] In some embodiments, the neoepitopes bind an HLA protein (e.g., HLA class I or HLA class II). In some embodiments, the neoepitopes bind an HLA protein with greater affinity than the corresponding wild- type peptide. In some embodiments, the neoepitope has an IC50 of less than 5,000 nM, less than 1,000 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, or less.

[0206] In some embodiments, the neoepitope can have an HLA binding affinity of between about lpM and about 1 mM, about 100 pM and about 500 mM, about 500 pM and about 10 mM, about 1 nM and about 1 pM, or about 10 nM and about 1 pM. In some embodiments, the neoepitope can have an HLA binding affinity of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 700, 800, 900 , or 1,000 nM, or more. In some embodiments, the neoepitope can have an HLA binding affinity of at most 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1,000 nM.

[0207] In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a greater affinity than a corresponding wild-type neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA class I protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to an HLA class II protein with a KD or an IC50 less than 2,000 nM, 1,500 nM, 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM.

[0208] In an aspect, the first and/or second neoepitope binds to a protein encoded by an HLA allele expressed by a subject. In another aspect, the mutation is not present in non-cancer cells of a subject. In yet another aspect, the first and/or second neoepitope is encoded by a gene or an expressed gene of a subject’s cancer cells.

[0209] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope comprises a mutation as depicted in column 2 of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope comprises a mutation as depicted in column 2 of Table 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a TMPRSS2:ERG fusion protein. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a TMPRSS2:ERG fusion protein comprising a sequence of S: :E from the sequence MALNS: :EALSVVSEDQSLFECAYGTPHLAKTEMTASSSSDYGQTSKMSPRVPQQDWALNSEALSV . For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence ALNSEALSW. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence MALNSEALSV.

[0210] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS protein. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a NRAS protein. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS protein comprising a mutation of G12C, G12D, G12V, Q61H or Q61L substitution. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a NRAS protein comprising a mutation of Q61K or Q61R substitution. In some embodiments, the neoepitope comprises a substitution mutation, e.g., the KRAS G12C, G12D, G12V, Q61H or Q61L mutation, or the NRAS Q61K or Q61R mutation. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or NRAS protein sequence of MTEYKLVVVGACGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAG QE. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence KFVVVGACGV. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence FWVGACGV. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence VVGACGVGK. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence VVVGACGVGK. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or NRAS protein sequence of

MTEYKFVVV GADGV GKS AFTIQFIQNHFVDEYDPTIED SYRKQ WIDGET CFFDIFDTAGQEV V GAD GVGK. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence VVVGADGVGK. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence KFVVVGADGV. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence FVVVGADGV. [0211] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or

NRAS protein sequence of

MTEYKLVVV GAV GV GKS ALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIED SYRKQ WIDGET CLLDILDTAGQE . For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence KLWVGAVGV. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence LVVVGAVGV. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence VVGAVGVGK. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence VVVGAVGVGK.

[0212] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or

NRAS protein sequence of

AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGHEEYSAM RDQYMRTGEG FLCVFAINNTKSFEDIHHYREQIKRVKDSEDVPM. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence IFDTAGHEEY.

[0213] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or

NRAS protein sequence of

AGGVGKSAFTIQFIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCFFDIFDTAGFEEYSAM RDQYMRTGEG FFCVFAINNTKSFEDIHHYREQIKRVKDSEDVPM. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence IFDTAGFEEY. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence FFDIFDTAGF.

[0214] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or

NRAS protein sequence of

AGGVGKSAFTIQFIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCFFDIFDTAGKEEYSAM RDQYMRTGEG FLCVFAINNSKSFADINLYREQIKRVKDSDDVPM. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence ILDTAGKEEY.

[0215] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope is derived from a KRAS or

NRAS protein sequence of

AGGVGKSALTIQLIQNHFVDEYDPTIEDSYRKQVVIDGETCLLDILDTAGREEYSAM RDQYMRTGEG FLCVFAINNSKSFADINLYREQIKRVKDSDDVPM. For example, the first neoepitope and the second neoepitope can comprise a sequence IFDTAGREEY.

[0216] The substitution may be positioned anywhere along the length of the neoepitope. For example, it can be located in the N terminal third of the peptide, the central third of the peptide or the C terminal third of the peptide. In another embodiment, the substituted residue is located 2-5 residues away from the N terminal end or 2-5 residues away from the C terminal end. The peptides can be similarly derived from tumor specific insertion mutations where the peptide comprises one or more, or all of the inserted residues.

[0217] In some embodiments, the peptide as described herein can be readily synthesized chemically utilizing reagents that are free of contaminating bacterial or animal substances (Merrifield RB: Solid phase peptide synthesis. I. The synthesis of a tetrapeptide. J. Am. Chem. Soc.85:2149-54, 1963). In some embodiments, peptides are prepared by (1) parallel solid-phase synthesis on multi-channel instruments using uniform synthesis and cleavage conditions; (2) purification over a RP-HPLC column with column stripping; and re-washing, but not replacement, between peptides; followed by (3) analysis with a limited set of the most informative assays. The Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) footprint can be defined around the set of peptides for an individual patient, thus requiring suite changeover procedures only between syntheses of peptides for different patients.

Polynucleotides

[0218] Alternatively, a nucleic acid (e.g., a polynucleotide) encoding the peptide of the present disclosure may be used to produce the neoantigenic peptide in vitro. The polynucleotide may be, e.g., DNA, cDNA, PNA, CNA, RNA, either single- and/or double -stranded, or native or stabilized forms of polynucleotides, such as e.g. polynucleotides with a phosphorothiate backbone, or combinations thereof and it may or may not contain introns so long as it codes for the peptide. In some embodiments in vitro translation is used to produce the peptide.

[0219] Provided herein are neoantigenic polynucleotides encoding each of the neoantigenic peptides described in the present disclosure. The term“polynucleotide”,“nucleotides” or“nucleic acid” is used interchangeably with“mutant polynucleotide”,“mutant nucleotide”,“mutant nucleic acid”,“neoantigenic polynucleotide”,“neoantigenic nucleotide” or“neoantigenic mutant nucleic acid” in the present disclosure. Various nucleic acid sequences can encode the same peptide due to the redundancy of the genetic code. Each of these nucleic acids falls within the scope of the present disclosure. Nucleic acids encoding peptides can be DNA or RNA, for example, mRNA, or a combination of DNA and RNA. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid encoding a peptide is a self-amplifying mRNA (Brito et al., Adv. Genet. 2015; 89: 179-233). Any suitable polynucleotide that encodes a peptide described herein falls within the scope of the present disclosure.

[0220] The term“RNA” includes and in some embodiments relates to“mRNA.” The term“mRNA” means “messenger-RNA” and relates to a“transcript” which is generated by using a DNA template and encodes a peptide or polypeptide. Typically, an mRNA comprises a 5’-UTR, a protein coding region, and a 3’-UTR. mRNA only possesses limited half-life in cells and in vitro. In some embodiments, the mRNA is self- amplifying mRNA. In the context of the present disclosure, mRNA may be generated by in vitro transcription from a DNA template. The in vitro transcription methodology is known to the skilled person. For example, there is a variety of in vitro transcription kits commercially available.

[0221] The stability and translation efficiency of RNA may be modified as required. For example, RNA may be stabilized and its translation increased by one or more modifications having a stabilizing effects and/or increasing translation efficiency of RNA. Such modifications are described, for example, in PCT/EP2006/009448, incorporated herein by reference. In order to increase expression of the RNA used according to the present disclosure, it may be modified within the coding region, i.e., the sequence encoding the expressed peptide or protein, without altering the sequence of the expressed peptide or protein, so as to increase the GC-content to increase mRNA stability and to perform a codon optimization and, thus, enhance translation in cells.

[0222] The term“modification” in the context of the RNA used in the present disclosure includes any modification of an RNA which is not naturally present in said RNA. In some embodiments, the RNA does not have uncapped 5’-triphosphates. Removal of such uncapped 5’-triphosphates can be achieved by treating RNA with a phosphatase. In other embodiments, the RNA may have modified ribonucleotides in order to increase its stability and/or decrease cytotoxicity. In some embodiments, 5-methylcytidine can be substituted partially or completely in the RNA, for example, for cytidine. Alternatively, pseudouridine is substituted partially or completely, for example, for uridine.

[0223] In some embodiments, the term“modification” relates to providing an RNA with a 5’-cap or 5’ - cap analog. The term“5’-cap” refers to a cap structure found on the 5’-end of an mRNA molecule and generally consists of a guanosine nucleotide connected to the mRNA via an unusual 5’ to 5’ triphosphate linkage. In some embodiments, this guanosine is methylated at the 7-position. The term“conventional 5’-cap” refers to a naturally occurring RNA 5’-cap, to the 7-methylguanosine cap (m G). In the context of the present disclosure, the term“5’-cap” includes a 5’-cap analog that resembles the RNA cap structure and is modified to possess the ability to stabilize RNA and/or enhance translation of RNA if attached thereto, in vivo and/or in a cell.

[0224] In certain embodiments, an mRNA encoding a neoantigenic peptide of the present disclosure is administered to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides RNA, oligoribonucleotide, and polyribonucleotide molecules comprising a modified nucleoside, gene therapy vectors comprising same, gene therapy methods and gene transcription silencing methods comprising same. In some embodiments, the mRNA to be administered comprises at least one modified nucleoside.

[0225] The polynucleotides encoding peptides described herein can be synthesized by chemical techniques, for example, the phosphotriester method of Matteucci, et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103:3185 (1981). Polynucleotides encoding peptides comprising or consisting of an analog can be made simply by substituting the appropriate and desired nucleic acid base(s) for those that encode the native epitope.

[0226] Polynucleotides described herein can comprise one or more synthetic or naturally-occurring introns in the transcribed region. The inclusion of mRNA stabilization sequences and sequences for replication in mammalian cells can also be considered for increasing polynucleotide expression. In addition, a polynucleotide described herein can comprise immunostimulatory sequences (ISSs or CpGs). These sequences can be included in the vector, outside the polynucleotide coding sequence to enhance immunogenicity .

[0227] In some embodiments, the polynucleotides may comprise the coding sequence for the peptide or protein fused in the same reading frame to a polynucleotide which aids, for example, in expression and/or secretion of the peptide or protein from a host cell (e.g., a leader sequence which functions as a secretory sequence for controlling transport of a polypeptide from the cell). The polypeptide having a leader sequence is a pre-protein and can have the leader sequence cleaved by the host cell to form the mature form of the polypeptide.

[0228] In some embodiments, the polynucleotides can comprise the coding sequence for the peptide or protein fused in the same reading frame to a marker sequence that allows, for example, for purification of the encoded peptide, which may then be incorporated into a personalized disease vaccine or immunogenic composition. For example, the marker sequence can be a hexa-histidine tag supplied by a pQE-9 vector to provide for purification of the mature polypeptide fused to the marker in the case of a bacterial host, or the marker sequence can be a hemagglutinin (HA) tag derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein when a mammalian host (e.g., COS-7 cells) is used. Additional tags include, but are not limited to, Calmodulin tags, FLAG tags, Myc tags, S tags, SBP tags, Softag 1, Softag 3, V5 tag, Xpress tag, Isopeptag, SpyTag, Biotin Carboxyl Carrier Protein (BCCP) tags, GST tags, fluorescent protein tags (e.g., green fluorescent protein tags), maltose binding protein tags, Nus tags, Strep-tag, thioredoxin tag, TC tag, Ty tag, and the like.

[0229] In some embodiments, the polynucleotides may comprise the coding sequence for one or more the presently described peptides or proteins fused in the same reading frame to create a single concatamerized neoantigenic peptide construct capable of producing multiple neoantigenic peptides.

[0230] In some embodiments, a DNA sequence is constructed using recombinant technology by isolating or synthesizing a DNA sequence encoding a wild-type protein of interest. Optionally, the sequence can be mutagenized by site-specific mutagenesis to provide functional analogs thereof. See, e.g. Zoeller et ah, Proc. Nat’l. Acad. Sci. USA 81:5662-5066 (1984) and U.S. Pat. No.4, 588, 585. In another embodiment, a DNA sequence encoding the peptide or protein of interest would be constructed by chemical synthesis using an oligonucleotide synthesizer. Such oligonucleotides can be designed based on the amino acid sequence of the desired peptide and selecting those codons that are favored in the host cell in which the recombinant polypeptide of interest is produced. Standard methods can be applied to synthesize an isolated polynucleotide sequence encoding an isolated polypeptide of interest. For example, a complete amino acid sequence can be used to construct a back-translated gene. Further, a DNA oligomer containing a nucleotide sequence coding for the particular isolated polypeptide can be synthesized. For example, several small oligonucleotides coding for portions of the desired polypeptide can be synthesized and then ligated. The individual oligonucleotides typically contain 5’ or 3’ overhangs for complementary assembly

[0231] Once assembled (e.g., by synthesis, site-directed mutagenesis, or another method), the polynucleotide sequences encoding a particular isolated polypeptide of interest is inserted into an expression vector and optionally operatively linked to an expression control sequence appropriate for expression of the protein in a desired host. Proper assembly can be confirmed by nucleotide sequencing, restriction mapping, and expression of a biologically active polypeptide in a suitable host. As well known in the art, in order to obtain high expression levels of a transfected gene in a host, the gene can be operatively linked to transcriptional and translational expression control sequences that are functional in the chosen expression host. [0232] Thus, the present disclosure is also directed to vectors, and expression vectors useful for the production and administration of the neoantigenic peptides and neoepitopes described herein, and to host cells comprising such vectors.

Vectors

[0233] In some embodiments, an expression vector capable of expressing the peptide or protein as described herein can also be prepared. Expression vectors for different cell types are well known in the art and can be selected without undue experimentation. Generally, the DNA is inserted into an expression vector, such as a plasmid, in proper orientation and correct reading frame for expression. If necessary, the DNA may be linked to the appropriate transcriptional and translational regulatory control nucleotide sequences recognized by the desired host (e.g., bacteria), although such controls are generally available in the expression vector. The vector is then introduced into the host bacteria for cloning using standard techniques (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.).

[0234] A large number of vectors and host systems suitable for producing and administering a neoantigenic peptide described herein are known to those of skill in the art, and are commercially available. The following vectors are provided by way of example. Bacterial: pQE70, pQE60, pQE-9 (Qiagen), pBS, pDlO, phagescript, psiXl74, pBluescript SK, pbsks, pNH8A, pNHl6a, rNH18A, pNH46A (Stratagene); ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 (Pharmacia); pCR (Invitrogen). Eukaryotic: pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl, pSG (Stratagene) pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG, pSVL (Pharmacia); p75.6 (Valentis); pCEP (Invitrogen); pCEI (Epimmune). However, any other plasmid or vector can be used as long as it is replicable and viable in the host.

[0235] For expression of the neoantigenic peptides described herein, the coding sequence will be provided operably linked start and stop codons, promoter and terminator regions, and in some embodiments, and a replication system to provide an expression vector for expression in the desired cellular host. For example, promoter sequences compatible with bacterial hosts are provided in plasmids containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of the desired coding sequence. The resulting expression vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts.

[0236] Mammalian expression vectors will comprise an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer, and also any necessary ribosome binding sites, polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, transcriptional termination sequences, and 5’ flanking nontranscribed sequences. Such promoters can also be derived from viral sources, such as, e.g., human cytomegalovirus (CMV-IE promoter) or herpes simplex virus type-l (HSV TK promoter). Nucleic acid sequences derived from the SV40 splice, and polyadenylation sites can be used to provide the required nontranscribed genetic elements.

[0237] Recombinant expression vectors may be used to amplify and express DNA encoding the peptide or protein as described herein. Recombinant expression vectors are replicable DNA constructs which have synthetic or cDNA -derived DNA fragments encoding a peptide or a bioequivalent analog operatively linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements derived from mammalian, microbial, viral or insect genes. A transcriptional unit generally comprises an assembly of (1) a genetic element or elements having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example, transcriptional promoters or enhancers, (2) a structural or coding sequence which is transcribed into mRNA and translated into protein, and (3) appropriate transcription and translation initiation and termination sequences, as described in detail herein. Such regulatory elements can include an operator sequence to control transcription. The ability to replicate in a host, usually conferred by an origin of replication, and a selection gene to facilitate recognition of transformants can additionally be incorporated. DNA regions are operatively linked when they are functionally related to each other. For example, DNA for a signal peptide (secretory leader) is operatively linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a precursor which participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it controls the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operatively linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to permit translation. Generally, operatively linked means contiguous, and in the case of secretory leaders, means contiguous and in reading frame. Structural elements intended for use in yeast expression systems include a leader sequence enabling extracellular secretion of translated protein by a host cell. Alternatively, where recombinant protein is expressed without a leader or transport sequence, it can include an N-terminal methionine residue. This residue can optionally be subsequently cleaved from the expressed recombinant protein to provide a final product.

[0238] Generally, recombinant expression vectors will include origins of replication and selectable markers permitting transformation of the host cell, e.g., the ampicillin resistance gene of E. coli and S. cerevisiae TRP1 gene, and a promoter derived from a highly-expressed gene to direct transcription of a downstream structural sequence. Such promoters can be derived from operons encoding glycolytic enzymes such as 3- phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK), acid phosphatase, or heat shock proteins, among others. The heterologous structural sequence is assembled in appropriate phase with translation initiation and termination sequences, and in some embodiments, a leader sequence capable of directing secretion of translated protein into the periplasmic space or extracellular medium. Optionally, the heterologous sequence can encode a fusion protein including an N-terminal identification peptide imparting desired characteristics, e.g., stabilization or simplified purification of expressed recombinant product.

[0239] Polynucleotides encoding neoantigenic peptides described herein can also comprise a ubiquitination signal sequence, and/or a targeting sequence such as an endoplasmic reticulum (ER) signal sequence to facilitate movement of the resulting peptide into the endoplasmic reticulum.

[0240] In some embodiments, the neoantigenic peptide described herein can also be administered and/or expressed by viral or bacterial vectors. Examples of expression vectors include attenuated viral hosts, such as vaccinia or fowlpox. As an example of this approach, vaccinia virus is used as a vector to express nucleotide sequences that encode the neoantigenic peptides described herein. Vaccinia vectors and methods useful in immunization protocols are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,848. Another vector is BCG (Bacille Calmette Guerin). BCG vectors are described by Stover et al., Nature 351:456-460 (1991).

[0241] A wide variety of other vectors useful for therapeutic administration or immunization of the neoantigenic polypeptides described herein, e.g. adeno and adeno-associated virus vectors, retroviral vectors, Salmonella Typhimurium vectors, detoxified anthrax toxin vectors, Sendai virus vectors, poxvirus vectors, canarypox vectors, and fowlpox vectors, and the like, will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the description herein. In some embodiments, the vector is Modified Vaccinia Ankara (VA) (e.g. Bavarian Noridic (MVA-BN)).

[0242] Among vectors that may be used in the practice of the present disclosure, integration in the host genome of a cell is possible with retrovirus gene transfer methods, often resulting in long term expression of the inserted transgene. In some embodiments, the retrovirus is a lentivirus. Additionally, high transduction efficiencies have been observed in many different cell types and target tissues. The tropism of a retrovirus can be altered by incorporating foreign envelope proteins, expanding the potential target population of target cells. A retrovirus can also be engineered to allow for conditional expression of the inserted transgene, such that only certain cell types are infected by the lentivirus. Cell type specific promoters can be used to target expression in specific cell types. Lentiviral vectors are retroviral vectors (and hence both lentiviral and retroviral vectors may be used in the practice of the present disclosure). Moreover, lentiviral vectors are able to transduce or infect non-dividing cells and typically produce high viral titers. Selection of a retroviral gene transfer system may therefore depend on the target tissue. Retroviral vectors are comprised of cis-acting long terminal repeats with packaging capacity for up to 6-10 kb of foreign sequence. The minimum cis-acting LTRs are sufficient for replication and packaging of the vectors, which are then used to integrate the desired nucleic acid into the target cell to provide permanent expression. Widely used retroviral vectors that may be used in the practice of the present disclosure include those based upon murine leukemia virus (MuLV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), Simian Immunodeficiency virus (SIV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), and combinations thereof (see, e.g., Buchscher et al., (1992) J. Virol. 66:2731-2739; Johann et al., (1992) J. Virol.66: 1635-1640; Sommnerfelt et al., (1990) Virol.176:58-59; Wilson et al., (1998) J. Virol.63:2374-2378; Miller et al., (1991) J. Virol.65:2220-2224; PCT/US94/05700).

[0243] Also useful in the practice of the present disclosure is a minimal non-primate lentiviral vector, such as a lentiviral vector based on the equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV). The vectors may have cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter driving expression of the target gene. Accordingly, the present disclosure contemplates amongst vector(s) useful in the practice of the present disclosure: viral vectors, including retroviral vectors and lentiviral vectors.

[0244] Also useful in the practice of the present disclosure is an adenovirus vector. One advantage is the ability of recombinant adenoviruses to efficiently transfer and express recombinant genes in a variety of mammalian cells and tissues in vitro and in vivo, resulting in the high expression of the transferred nucleic acids. Further, the ability to productively infect quiescent cells, expands the utility of recombinant adenoviral vectors. In addition, high expression levels ensure that the products of the nucleic acids will be expressed to sufficient levels to generate an immune response (see e.g., U.S. Patent No.7, 029, 848, hereby incorporated by reference).

[0245] As to adenovirus vectors useful in the practice of the present disclosure, mention is made of US Patent No.6, 955, 808. The adenovirus vector used can be selected from the group consisting of the Ad5, Ad35, Adl l, C6, and C7 vectors. The sequence of the Adenovirus 5 (“Ad5”) genome has been published. (Chroboczek, J., Bieber, F., and Jacrot, B. (1992) The Sequence of the Genome of Adenovirus Type 5 and Its Comparison with the Genome of Adenovirus Type 2, Virology 186, 280-285; the contents if which is hereby incorporated by reference). Ad35 vectors are described in U.S. Pat. Nos.6, 974, 695, 6,913,922, and 6,869,794. Adl l vectors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,913,922. C6 adenovirus vectors are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,780,407; 6,537,594; 6,309,647; 6,265,189; 6,156,567; 6,090,393; 5,942,235 and 5,833,975. C7 vectors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,558. Adenovirus vectors that are El-defective or deleted, E3- defective or deleted, and/or E4-defective or deleted may also be used. Certain adenoviruses having mutations in the El region have improved safety margin because El -defective adenovirus mutants are replication-defective in non-permissive cells, or, at the very least, are highly attenuated. Adenoviruses having mutations in the E3 region may have enhanced the immunogenicity by disrupting the mechanism whereby adenovirus down- regulates MHC class I molecules. Adenoviruses having E4 mutations may have reduced immunogenicity of the adenovirus vector because of suppression of late gene expression. Such vectors may be particularly useful when repeated re -vaccination utilizing the same vector is desired. Adenovirus vectors that are deleted or mutated in El, E3, E4; El and E3; and El and E4 can be used in accordance with the present disclosure.

[0246] Furthermore,“gutless” adenovirus vectors, in which all viral genes are deleted, can also be used in accordance with the present disclosure. Such vectors require a helper virus for their replication and require a special human 293 cell line expressing both Ela and Cre, a condition that does not exist in natural environment. Such“gutless” vectors are non-immunogenic and thus the vectors may be inoculated multiple times for re -vaccination. The “gutless” adenovirus vectors can be used for insertion of heterologous inserts/genes such as the transgenes of the present disclosure, and can even be used for co-delivery of a large number of heterologous inserts/genes.

[0247] In some embodiments, the delivery is via an adenovirus, which may be at a single booster dose. In some embodiments, the adenovirus is delivered via multiple doses. In terms of in vivo delivery, AAV is advantageous over other viral vectors due to low toxicity and low probability of causing insertional mutagenesis because it doesn’t integrate into the host genome. AAV has a packaging limit of 4.5 or 4.75 Kb. Constructs larger than 4.5 or 4.75 Kb result in significantly reduced virus production. There are many promoters that can be used to drive nucleic acid molecule expression. AAV ITR can serve as a promoter and is advantageous for eliminating the need for an additional promoter element.

[0248] For ubiquitous expression, the following promoters can be used: CMV, CAG, CBh, PGK, SV40, Ferritin heavy or light chains, etc. For brain expression, the following promoters can be used: Synapsin I for all neurons, CaMK II alpha for excitatory neurons, GAD67 or GAD65 or VGAT for GABAergic neurons, etc. Promoters used to drive RNA synthesis can include: Pol III promoters such as U6 or Hl. The use of a Pol II promoter and intronic cassettes can be used to express guide RNA (gRNA). With regard to AAV vectors useful in the practice of the present disclosure, mention is made of US Patent Nos. 5658785, 7115391, 7172893, 6953690, 6936466, 6924128, 6893865, 6793926, 6537540, 6475769 and 6258595, and documents cited therein. As to AAV, the AAV can be AAV1, AAV2, AAV5 or any combination thereof. One can select the AAV with regard to the cells to be targeted; e.g., one can select AAV serotypes 1, 2, 5 or a hybrid capsid AAV1, AAV2, AAV5 or any combination thereof for targeting brain or neuronal cells; and one can select AAV4 for targeting cardiac tissue. AAV8 is useful for delivery to the liver. In some embodiments the delivery is via an AAV. The dosage may be adjusted to balance the therapeutic benefit against any side effects.

[0249] In some embodiments, a Poxvirus is used in the presently described composition. These include orthopoxvirus, avipox, vaccinia, MV A, NYVAC, canarypox, ALVAC, fowlpox, TROVAC, etc. (see e.g., Verardiet al., Hum. Vaccin. Immunother. 2012 Jul;8(7):96l-70; and Moss, Vaccine. 2013; 31(39): 4220- 4222). Poxvirus expression vectors were described in 1982 and quickly became widely used for vaccine development as well as research in numerous fields. Advantages of the vectors include simple construction, ability to accommodate large amounts of foreign DNA and high expression levels. Information concerning poxviruses that may be used in the practice of the present disclosure, such as Chordopoxvirinae subfamily poxviruses (poxviruses of vertebrates), for instance, orthopoxviruses and avipoxviruses, e.g., vaccinia virus (e.g., Wyeth Strain, WR Strain (e.g., ATCC® VR-1354), Copenhagen Strain, NYVAC, NYVAC.1, NYVAC.2, MVA, MVA-BN), canarypox virus (e.g., Wheatley C93 Strain, ALVAC), fowlpox virus (e.g., FP9 Strain, Webster Strain, TROVAC), dovepox, pigeonpox, quailpox, and raccoon pox, inter alia, synthetic or non- naturally occurring recombinants thereof, uses thereof, and methods for making and using such recombinants may be found in scientific and patent literature.

[0250] In some embodiments, the vaccinia virus is used in the disease vaccine or immunogenic composition to express a antigen. (Rolph et al., Recombinant viruses as vaccines and immunological tools. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 9:517-524, 1997). The recombinant vaccinia virus is able to replicate within the cytoplasm of the infected host cell and the polypeptide of interest can therefore induce an immune response. Moreover, Poxviruses have been widely used as vaccine or immunogenic composition vectors because of their ability to target encoded antigens for processing by the major histocompatibility complex class I pathway by directly infecting immune cells, in particular antigen-presenting cells, but also due to their ability to self adjuvant.

[0251] In some embodiments, ALVAC is used as a vector in a disease vaccine or immunogenic composition. ALVAC is a canarypox virus that can be modified to express foreign transgenes and has been used as a method for vaccination against both prokaryotic and eukaryotic antigens (Horig H, Lee DS, Conkright W, et al. Phase I clinical trial of a recombinant canarypoxvirus (ALVAC) vaccine expressing human carcinoembryonic antigen and the B7.1 co-stimulatory molecule. Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 2000;49:504-14; von Mehren M, Arlen P, Tsang KY, et al. Pilot study of a dual gene recombinant avipox vaccine containing both carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) and B7.1 transgenes in patients with recurrent CEA -expressing adenocarcinomas. Clin. Cancer. Res. 2000; 6:2219-28; Musey L, Ding Y, Elizaga M, et al. HIV-l vaccination administered intramuscularly can induce both systemic and mucosal T cell immunity in HIV- 1 -uninfected individuals. J. Immunol. 2003;171: 1094-101; Paoletti E. Applications of pox virus vectors to vaccination: an update. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 1996;93: 11349-53; U.S. Patent No.7, 255, 862). In a phase I clinical trial, an ALVAC virus expressing the tumor antigen CEA showed an excellent safety profile and resulted in increased CEA -specific T cell responses in selected patients; objective clinical responses, however, were not observed (Marshall JL, Hawkins MJ, Tsang KY, et al. Phase I study in cancer patients of a replication-defective avipox recombinant vaccine that expresses human carcinoembryonic antigen. J. Clin. Oncol. 1999;17:332-7).

[0252] In some embodiments, a Modified Vaccinia Ankara (MV A) virus may be used as a viral vector for an antigen vaccine or immunogenic composition. MVA is a member of the Orthopoxvirus family and has been generated by about 570 serial passages on chicken embryo fibroblasts of the Ankara strain of Vaccinia virus (CVA) (see, e.g., Mayr, A., et al., Infection 3, 6-14, 1975). As a consequence of these passages, the resulting MVA virus contains 31 kilobases less genomic information compared to CVA, and is highly host cell restricted (Meyer, H. et al., J. Gen. Virol. 72, 1031-1038, 1991). MVA is characterized by its extreme attenuation, namely, by a diminished virulence or infectious ability, but still holds an excellent immunogenicity. When tested in a variety of animal models, MVA was proven to be avirulent, even in immuno-suppressed individuals. Moreover, MVA-BN®-HER2 is a candidate immunotherapy designed for the treatment of HER-2-positive breast cancer and is currently in clinical trials. (Mandl et al., Cancer Immunol. Immunother. Jan 2012; 61(1): 19-29). Methods to make and use recombinant MVA has been described (e.g., see U.S. Patent Nos. 8,309,098 and 5,185,146 hereby incorporated in its entirety).

[0253] Suitable host cells for expression of a polypeptide include prokaryotes, yeast, insect or higher eukaryotic cells under the control of appropriate promoters. Prokaryotes include gram negative or gram positive organisms, for example E. coli or bacilli. Higher eukaryotic cells include established cell lines of mammalian origin. Cell-free translation systems could also be employed. Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with bacterial, fungal, yeast, and mammalian cellular hosts are well known in the art (see Pouwels et al., Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual, Elsevier, N.Y., 1985).

[0254] Various mammalian or insect cell culture systems are also advantageously employed to express recombinant protein. Expression of recombinant proteins in mammalian cells can be performed because such proteins are generally correctly folded, appropriately modified and completely functional. Examples of suitable mammalian host cell lines include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney cells, described by Gluzman (Cell 23: 175, 1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing an appropriate vector including, for example, L cells, C127, 3T3, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), 293, HeLa and BHK cell lines. Mammalian expression vectors can comprise nontranscribed elements such as an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer linked to the gene to be expressed, and other 5’ or 3’ flanking nontranscribed sequences, and 5’ or 3’ nontranslated sequences, such as necessary ribosome binding sites, a polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, and transcriptional termination sequences. Baculovirus systems for production of heterologous proteins in insect cells are reviewed by Luckow and Summers, Bio/Technology 6:47 (1988).

[0255] Host cells are genetically engineered (transduced or transformed or transfected) with the vectors which can be, for example, a cloning vector or an expression vector. The vector can be, for example, in the form of a plasmid, a viral particle, a phage, etc. The engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants or amplifying the polynucleotides. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.

[0256] As representative examples of appropriate hosts, there can be mentioned: bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Bacillus subtilis, Salmonella typhimurium and various species within the genera Pseudomonas, Streptomyces, and Staphylococcus; fungal cells, such as yeast; insect cells such as Drosophila and Sf9; animal cells such as COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts, described by Gluzman, Cell 23: 175 (1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example, the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines or Bowes melanoma; plant cells, etc. The selection of an appropriate host is deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.

[0257] Yeast, insect or mammalian cell hosts can also be used, employing suitable vectors and control sequences. Examples of mammalian expression systems include the COS-7 lines of monkey kidney fibroblasts, described by Gluzman, Cell 23: 175 (1981), and other cell lines capable of expressing a compatible vector, for example, the C127, 3T3, CHO, HeLa and BHK cell lines.

[0258] Polynucleotides described herein can be administered and expressed in human cells (e.g., immune cells, including dendritic cells). A human codon usage table can be used to guide the codon choice for each amino acid. Such polynucleotides comprise spacer amino acid residues between epitopes and/or analogs, such as those described above, or can comprise naturally-occurring flanking sequences adjacent to the epitopes and/or analogs (and/or CTL (e.g., CD8+), Th (e.g., CD4+), and B cell epitopes).

[0259] Standard regulatory sequences well known to those of skill in the art can be included in the vector to ensure expression in the human target cells. Several vector elements are desirable: a promoter with a downstream cloning site for polynucleotide, e.g., minigene insertion; a polyadenylation signal for efficient transcription termination; an E. coli origin of replication; and an E. coli selectable marker (e.g. ampicillin or kanamycin resistance). Numerous promoters can be used for this purpose, e.g., the human cytomegalovirus (hCMV) promoter. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,580,859 and 5,589,466 for other suitable promoter sequences. In some embodiments, the promoter is the CMV-IE promoter.

[0260] Useful expression vectors for eukaryotic hosts, especially mammals or humans include, for example, vectors comprising expression control sequences from SV40, bovine papilloma virus, adenovirus and cytomegalovirus. Useful expression vectors for bacterial hosts include known bacterial plasmids, such as plasmids from Escherichia coli, including pCRl, pBR322, pMB9 and their derivatives, wider host range plasmids, such as M13 and filamentous single-stranded DNA phages.

[0261] Vectors may be introduced into animal tissues by a number of different methods. The two most popular approaches are injection of DNA in saline, using a standard hypodermic needle, and gene gun delivery. A schematic outline of the construction of a DNA vaccine plasmid and its subsequent delivery by these two methods into a host is illustrated at Scientific American (Weiner et al., (1999) Scientific American 281 (1): 34-41). Injection in saline is normally conducted intramuscularly (IM) in skeletal muscle, or intradermally (ID), with DNA being delivered to the extracellular spaces. This can be assisted by electroporation by temporarily damaging muscle fibers with myotoxins such as bupivacaine; or by using hypertonic solutions of saline or sucrose (Alarcon et al., (1999). Adv. Parasitol. Advances in Parasitology 42: 343-410). Immune responses to this method of delivery can be affected by many factors, including needle type, needle alignment, speed of injection, volume of injection, muscle type, and age, sex and physiological condition of the animal being injected( Alarcon et al., (1999). Adv. Parasitol. Advances in Parasitology 42: 343-410).

[0262] Gene gun delivery, the other commonly used method of delivery, ballistically accelerates plasmid DNA (pDNA) that has been adsorbed onto gold or tungsten microparticles into the target cells, using compressed helium as an accelerant (Alarcon et al, (1999). Adv. Parasitol. Advances in Parasitology 42: 343- 410; Lewis et al., (1999). Advances in Virus Research (Academic Press) 54: 129-88).

[0263] Alternative delivery methods may include aerosol instillation of naked DNA on mucosal surfaces, such as the nasal and lung mucosa, (Lewis et al, (1999). Advances in Virus Research (Academic Press) 54: 129-88) and topical administration of pDNA to the eye and vaginal mucosa (Lewis et al., (1999) Advances in Virus Research (Academic Press) 54: 129-88). Mucosal surface delivery has also been achieved using cationic liposome-DNA preparations, biodegradable microspheres, attenuated Shigella or Listeria vectors for oral administration to the intestinal mucosa, and recombinant adenovirus vectors. DNA or RNA may also be delivered to cells following mild mechanical disruption of the cell membrane, temporarily permeabilizing the cells. Such a mild mechanical disruption of the membrane can be accomplished by gently forcing cells through a small aperture (Sharei et al., Ex Vivo Cytosolic Delivery of functional Macromolecules to Immune Cells, PLOS ONE (2015)).

[0264] Chemical means for introducing a polynucleotide into a host cell include colloidal dispersion systems, such as macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in-water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes. An exemplary colloidal system for use as a delivery vehicle in vitro and in vivo is a liposome (e.g., an artificial membrane vesicle). In the case where a non-viral delivery system is utilized, an exemplary delivery vehicle is a liposome.“Liposome” is a generic term encompassing a variety of single and multilamellar lipid vehicles formed by the generation of enclosed lipid bilayers or aggregates. Liposomes can be characterized as having vesicular structures with a phospholipid bilayer membrane and an inner aqueous medium. Multilamellar liposomes have multiple lipid layers separated by aqueous medium. They form spontaneously when phospholipids are suspended in an excess of aqueous solution. The lipid components undergo self-rearrangement before the formation of closed structures and entrap water and dissolved solutes between the lipid bilayers (Ghosh et al., Glycobiology 5: 505-10 (1991)). However, compositions that have different structures in solution than the normal vesicular structure are also encompassed. For example, the lipids may assume a micellar structure or merely exist as nonuniform aggregates of lipid molecules. Also contemplated are lipofectamine-nucleic acid complexes.

[0265] The use of lipid formulations is contemplated for the introduction of the nucleic acids into a host cell (in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo). In another aspect, the nucleic acid may be associated with a lipid. The nucleic acid associated with a lipid may be encapsulated in the aqueous interior of a liposome, interspersed within the lipid bilayer of a liposome, attached to a liposome via a linking molecule that is associated with both the liposome and the oligonucleotide, entrapped in a liposome, complexed with a liposome, dispersed in a solution containing a lipid, mixed with a lipid, combined with a lipid, contained as a suspension in a lipid, contained or complexed with a micelle, or otherwise associated with a lipid. Lipid, lipid/DNA or lipid/expression vector associated compositions are not limited to any particular structure in solution. For example, they may be present in a bilayer structure, as micelles, or with a“collapsed” structure. They may also simply be interspersed in a solution, possibly forming aggregates that are not uniform in size or shape. Lipids are fatty substances which may be naturally occurring or synthetic lipids. For example, lipids include the fatty droplets that naturally occur in the cytoplasm as well as the class of compounds which contain long- chain aliphatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, such as fatty acids, alcohols, amines, amino alcohols, and aldehydes.

[0266] Lipids suitable for use can be obtained from commercial sources. For example, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine (“DMPC”) can be obtained from Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.; dicetyl phosphate (“DCP”) can be obtained from K & K Laboratories (Plainview, N.Y.); cholesterol (“Choi”) can be obtained from Calbiochem-Behring; dimyristyl phosphatidylglycerol (“DMPG”) and other lipids may be obtained from Avanti Polar Lipids, Inc. (Birmingham, Ala.). Stock solutions of lipids in chloroform or chloroform/methanol can be stored at about -20°C. Chloroform is used as the only solvent since it is more readily evaporated than methanol.

[0267] In some embodiments, a vector comprises a polynucleotide encoding a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and second peptides are derived from the same protein. The at least two distinct peptides may vary by length, amino acid sequence or both. The peptides are derived from any protein known to or have been found to contain a tumor specific mutation. In some embodiments, a vector comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, a vector comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frameshift mutation, a read- through mutation, a gene fusion mutation and any combination thereof.

[0268] In some embodiments, a vector comprises a polynucleotide operably linked to a promoter. In some embodiments, the vector is a self-amplifying RNA replicon, plasmid, phage, transposon, cosmid, virus, or virion. In some embodiments, the vector is derived from a retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, herpes virus, pox virus, alpha virus, vaccinia virus, hepatitis B virus, human papillomavirus or a pseudotype thereof. In some embodiments, the vector is a non-viral vector. In some embodiments, the non- viral vector is a nanoparticle, a cationic lipid, a cationic polymer, a metallic nanopolymer, a nanorod, a liposome, a micelle, a microbubble, a cell-penetrating peptide, or a liposphere.

T Cell Receptors

[0269] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides cells expressing a neoantigen-recognizing receptor that activates an immunoresponsive cell (e.g., T cell receptor (TCR) or chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)), and methods of using such cells for the treatment of a disease that requires an enhanced immune response. Such cells include genetically modified immunoresponsive cells (e.g., T cells, Natural Killer (NK) cells, cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL (e.g., CD8+)) cells, helper T lymphocyte (Th (e.g., CD4+)) cells) expressing an antigen recognizing receptor (e.g., TCR or CAR) that binds one of the neoantigenic peptides described herein, and methods of use therefore for the treatment of neoplasia and other pathologies where an increase in an antigen- specific immune response is desired. T cell activation is mediated by a TCR or a CAR targeted to an antigen.

[0270] The present disclosure provides cells expressing a combination of an antigen-recognizing receptor that activates an immunoresponsive cell (e.g., TCR, CAR) and a chimeric co-stimulating receptor (CCR), and methods of using such cells for the treatment of a disease that requires an enhanced immune response. In some embodiments, tumor antigen-specific T cells, NK cells, CTL cells or other immunoresponsive cells are used as shuttles for the selective enrichment of one or more co-stimulatory ligands for the treatment or prevention of neoplasia. Such cells are administered to a human subject in need thereof for the treatment or prevention of a particular cancer.

[0271] In some embodiments, the tumor antigen-specific human lymphocytes that can be used in the methods of the present disclosure include, without limitation, peripheral donor lymphocytes genetically modified to express chimeric antigen receptors (CARs) (Sadelain, M., et al. 2003 Nat Rev Cancer 3:35-45), peripheral donor lymphocytes genetically modified to express a full-length tumor antigen-recognizing T cell receptor complex comprising the a and p heterodimer (Morgan, R. A., et al. 2006 Science 314: 126-129), lymphocyte cultures derived from tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs) in tumor biopsies (Panelli, M. C., et al. 2000 J Immunol 164:495-504; Panelli, M. C., et al. 2000 J Immunol 164:4382-4392), and selectively in vitro-expanded antigen-specific peripheral blood leukocytes employing artificial antigen-presenting cells (AAPCs) or pulsed dendritic cells (Dupont, J., et al. 2005 Cancer Res 65:5417-5427; Papanicolaou, G. A., et al. 2003 Blood 102:2498-2505). The T cells may be autologous, allogeneic, or derived in vitro from engineered progenitor or stem cells.

[0272] In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic is an engineered receptor. In some embodiments, the engineered receptor is a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), a T cell receptor (TCR), or a B-cell receptor (BCR), an adoptive T cell therapy (ACT), or a derivative thereof. In other aspects, the engineered receptor is a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR). In some aspects, the CAR is a first generation CAR. In other aspects, the CAR is a second generation CAR. In still other aspects, the CAR is a third generation CAR. In some aspects, the CAR comprises an extracellular portion, a transmembrane portion, and an intracellular portion. In some aspects, the intracellular portion comprises at least one T cell co-stimulatory domain. In some aspects, the T cell co-stimulatory domain is selected from the group consisting of CD27, CD28, TNFRS9 (4-1BB), TNFRSF4 (0X40), TNFRSF8 (CD30), CD40LG (CD40L), ICOS, ITGB2 (LFA-l), CD2, CD7, KLRC2 (NKG2C), TNFRS18 (GITR), TNFRSF14 (HVEM), or any combination thereof.

[0273] In some aspects, the engineered receptor binds a target. In some aspects, the binding is specific to a peptide specific to one or more subjects suffering from a disease or condition.

[0274] In some aspects, the immunotherapeutic is a cell as described in detail herein. In some aspects, the immunotherapeutic is a cell comprising a receptor that specifically binds a peptide or neoepitope described herein. In some aspects, the immunotherapeutic is a cell used in combination with the peptides/nucleic acids of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the cell is a patient cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a T cell. In some embodiments, the cell is tumor infiltrating lymphocyte.

[0275] In some aspects, a subject with a condition or disease is treated based on a T cell receptor repertoire of the subject. In some embodiments, a peptide or neoepitope is selected based on a T cell receptor repertoire of the subject. In some embodiments, a subject is treated with T cells expressing TCRs specific to a peptide or neoepitope as described herein. In some embodiments, a subject is treated with a peptide or neoepitope specific to TCRs, e.g., subject specific TCRs. In some embodiments, a subject is treated with a peptide or neoepitope specific to T cells expressing TCRs, e.g., subject specific TCRs. In some embodiments, a subject is treated with a peptide or neoepitope specific to subject specific TCRs.

[0276] In some embodiments, the composition as described herein is selected based on TCRs identified in one or more subjects. In some embodiments, identification of a T cell repertoire and testing in functional assays is used to determine the composition to be administered to one or more subjects with a condition or disease. In some embodiments, the composition is an antigen vaccine comprising one or more peptides or proteins as described herein. In some embodiments, the vaccine comprises subject specific neoantigenic peptides. In some embodiments, the peptides to be included in the vaccine are selected based on a quantification of subject specific TCRs that bind to the neoepitopes. In some embodiments, the peptides are selected based on a binding affinity of the peptide to a TCR. In some embodiments, the selecting is based on a combination of both the quantity and the binding affinity. For example, a TCR that binds strongly to a neoepitope in a functional assay, but that is not highly represented in a TCR repertoire may be a good candidate for an antigen vaccine because T cells expressing the TCR would be advantageously amplified.

[0277] In some embodiments, the peptide or protein is selected for administering to one or more subjects based on binding to TCRs. In some embodiments, T cells, such as T cells from a subject with a disease or condition, can be expanded. Expanded T cells that express TCRs specific to a neoantigenic peptide or neoepitope can be administered back to a subject. In some embodiments, suitable cells, e.g., PBMCs, are transduced or transfected with polynucleotides for expression of TCRs specific to a neoantigenic peptide or neoepitope and administered to a subject. T cells expressing TCRs specific to a neoantigenic peptide or neoepitope can be expanded and administered back to a subject. In some embodiments, T cells that express TCRs specific to a neoantigenic peptide or neoepitope that result in cytolytic activity when incubated with autologous diseased tissue can be expanded and administered to a subject. In some embodiments, T cells used in functional assays result in binding to a neoantigenic peptide or neoepitope can be expanded and administered to a subject. In some embodiments, TCRs that have been determined to bind to subject specific neoantigenic peptides or neoepitopes can be expressed in T cells and administered to a subject.

[0278] In an embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the composition as provided herein comprises a first T cell comprising a first T cell receptor (TCR) specific for the first neoepitope and a second T cell comprising a second TCR specific for the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first and second peptides are derived from the same protein.

[0279] In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the composition as provided herein comprises a first T cell comprising a first T cell receptor (TCR) specific for the first neoepitope and a second T cell comprising a second TCR specific for the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same.

[0280] In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA- peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope binds to a class II HLA protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class II HLA a protein to form a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope binds to a class I HLA protein to form a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, the first neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the second neoepitope activates CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class II HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class I HLA-peptide complex.

[0281] In some embodiments, the first TCR is a first chimeric antigen receptor specific for the first neoepitope and the second TCR is a second chimeric antigen receptor specific for the second neoepitope. In some embodiments, the first T cell is a cytotoxic T cell. In some embodiments, the first T cell is a gamma delta T cell. In some embodiments, the second T cell is a helper T cell. In some embodiments, the first and/or second TCR binds to an HLA-peptide complex with a KD or an IC50 of less than 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second TCR binds to an HLA class I-peptide complex with a KD or an IC50 of less than 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM. In some embodiments, the first and/or second TCR binds to an HLA class II-peptide complex with a KD or an IC50 of less than 2,000, 1,500, 1,000 nM, 900 nM, 800 nM, 700 nM, 600 nM, 500 nM, 250 nM, 150 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM.

[0282] Antigen Presenting Cells

[0283] The neoantigenic peptide or protein can be provided as antigen presenting cells (e.g., dendritic cells) containing such peptides, proteins or polynucleotides as described herein. In other embodiments, such antigen presenting cells are used to stimulate T cells for use in patients. Thus, one embodiment of the present disclosure is a composition containing at least one antigen presenting cell (e.g., a dendritic cell) that is pulsed or loaded with one or more neoantigenic peptides or polynucleotides described herein. In some embodiments, such APCs are autologous (e.g., autologous dendritic cells). Alternatively, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) isolated from a patient can be loaded with neoantigenic peptides or polynucleotides ex vivo. In related embodiments, such APCs or PBMCs are injected back into the patient. In some embodiments, the antigen presenting cells are dendritic cells. In related embodiments, the dendritic cells are autologous dendritic cells that are pulsed with the neoantigenic peptide or nucleic acid. The neoantigenic peptide can be any suitable peptide that gives rise to an appropriate T cell response. T cell therapy using autologous dendritic cells pulsed with peptides from a tumor associated antigen is disclosed in Murphy et al. (1996) The Prostate 29, 371-380 and Tjua et al. (1997) The Prostate 32, 272-278. In some embodiments, the T cell is a CTL (e.g., CD8+). In some embodiments, the T cell is a helper T lymphocyte (Th (e.g., CD4+)).

[0284] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a cell-based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition that can also be administered to a subject. For example, an antigen presenting cell (APC) based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can be formulated using any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients as suitable and as understood in the art. APCs include monocytes, monocyte -derived cells, macrophages, and dendritic cells. Sometimes, an APC based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can be a dendritic cell-based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition.

[0285] A dendritic cell-based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can be prepared by any methods well known in the art. In some cases, dendritic cell-based immunogenic pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared through an ex vivo or in vivo method. The ex vivo method can comprise the use of autologous DCs pulsed ex vivo with the polypeptides described herein, to activate or load the DCs prior to administration into the patient. The in vivo method can comprise targeting specific DC receptors using antibodies coupled with the polypeptides described herein. The DC-based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can further comprise DC activators such as TLR3, TLR-7-8, and CD40 agonists. The DC-based immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can further comprise adjuvants, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

[0286] Antigen presenting cells (APCs) can be prepared from a variety of sources, including human and non-human primates, other mammals, and vertebrates. In certain embodiments, APCs can be prepared from blood of a human or non-human vertebrate. APCs can also be isolated from an enriched population of leukocytes. Populations of leukocytes can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art. Such methods typically include collecting heparinized blood, apheresis or leukopheresis, preparation of huffy coats, rosetting, centrifugation, density gradient centrifugation (e.g., using Ficoll, colloidal silica particles, and sucrose), differential lysis non-leukocyte cells, and filtration. A leukocyte population can also be prepared by collecting blood from a subject, defibrillating to remove the platelets and lysing the red blood cells. The leukocyte population can optionally be enriched for monocytic dendritic cell precursors.

[0287] Blood cell populations can be obtained from a variety of subjects, according to the desired use of the enriched population of leukocytes. The subject can be a healthy subject. Alternatively, blood cells can be obtained from a subject in need of immunostimulation, such as, for example, a cancer patient or other patient for which immunostimulation will be beneficial. Likewise, blood cells can be obtained from a subject in need of immune suppression, such as, for example, a patient having an autoimmune disorder (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes, lupus, multiple sclerosis, and the like). A population of leukocytes also can be obtained from an HLA-matched healthy individual.

[0288] When blood is used as a source of APC, blood leukocytes may be obtained using conventional methods that maintain their viability. According to one aspect of the present disclosure, blood can be diluted into medium that may or may not contain heparin or other suitable anticoagulant. The volume of blood to medium can be about 1 to 1. Cells can be concentrated by centrifugation of the blood in medium at about 1,000 rpm (150 g) at 4°C. Platelets and red blood cells can be depleted by resuspending the cells in any number of solutions known in the art that will lyse erythrocytes, for example ammonium chloride. For example, the mixture may be medium and ammonium chloride at about 1: 1 by volume. Cells may be concentrated by centrifugation and washed in the desired solution until a population of leukocytes, substantially free of platelets and red blood cells, is obtained. Any isotonic solution commonly used in tissue culture may be used as the medium for separating blood leukocytes from platelets and red blood cells. Examples of such isotonic solutions can be phosphate buffered saline, Hanks balanced salt solution, and complete growth media. APCs and/or APC precursor cells may also purified by elutriation.

[0289] In one embodiment, the APCs can be non-nominal APCs under inflammatory or otherwise activated conditions. For example, non-nominal APCs can include epithelial cells stimulated with interferon-gamma, T cells, B cells, and/or monocytes activated by factors or conditions that induce APC activity. Such non-nominal APCs can be prepared according to methods known in the art.

[0290] The APCs can be cultured, expanded, differentiated and/or, matured, as desired, according to the according to the type of APC. The APCs can be cultured in any suitable culture vessel, such as, for example, culture plates, flasks, culture bags, and bioreactors.

[0291] In certain embodiments, APCs can be cultured in suitable culture or growth medium to maintain and/or expand the number of APCs in the preparation. The culture media can be selected according to the type of APC isolated. For example, mature APCs, such as mature dendritic cells, can be cultured in growth media suitable for their maintenance and expansion. The culture medium can be supplemented with amino acids, vitamins, antibiotics, divalent cations, and the like. In addition, cytokines, growth factors and/or hormones, can be included in the growth media. For example, for the maintenance and/or expansion of mature dendritic cells, cytokines, such as granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) and/or interleukin 4 (IF-4), can be added. In other embodiments, immature APCs can be cultured and/or expanded. Immature dendritic cells can they retain the ability to uptake target mRNA and process new antigen. In some embodiments, immature dendritic cells can be cultured in media suitable for their maintenance and culture. The culture medium can be supplemented with amino acids, vitamins, antibiotics, divalent cations, and the like. In addition, cytokines, growth factors and/or hormones, can be included in the growth media.

[0292] Other immature APCs can similarly be cultured or expanded. Preparations of immature APCs can be matured to form mature APCs. Maturation of APCs can occur during or following exposure to the neoantigenic peptides. In certain embodiments, preparations of immature dendritic cells can be matured. Suitable maturation factors include, for example, cytokines TNF-a, bacterial products (e.g., BCG), and the like. In another aspect, isolated APC precursors can be used to prepare preparations of immature APCs. APC precursors can be cultured, differentiated, and/or matured. In certain embodiments, monocytic dendritic cell precursors can be cultured in the presence of suitable culture media supplemented with amino acids, vitamins, cytokines, and/or divalent cations, to promote differentiation of the monocytic dendritic cell precursors to immature dendritic cells. In some embodiments, the APC precursors are isolated from PBMCs. The PBMCs can be obtained from a donor, for example, a human donor, and can be used freshly or frozen for future usage. In some embodiments, the APC is prepared from one or more APC preparations. In some embodiments, the APC comprises an APC loaded with the first and second neoantigenic peptides comprising the first and second neoepitopes or polynucleotides encoding the first and second neoantigenic peptides comprising the first and second neoepitopes. In some embodiments, the APC is an autologous APC, an allogenic APC, or an artificial APC. [0293] In an embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an APC comprising a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the first and second peptides are derived from the same protein. In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition comprising an APC comprising a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. Adjuvants

[0294] An adjuvant can be used to enhance the immune response (humoral and/or cellular) elicited in a patient receiving a composition as provided herein. Sometimes, adjuvants can elicit a Thl-type response. Other times, adjuvants can elicit a Th2-type response. A Thl-type response can be characterized by the production of cytokines such as IFN-g as opposed to a Th2-type response which can be characterized by the production of cytokines such as IL-4, IL-5 and IL-10.

[0295] In some aspects, lipid-based adjuvants, such as MPLA and MDP, can be used with the immunogenic pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein. Monophosphoryl lipid A (MPLA), for example, is an adjuvant that causes increased presentation of liposomal antigen to specific T Lymphocytes. In addition, a muramyl dipeptide (MDP) can also be used as a suitable adjuvant in conjunction with the immunogenic pharmaceutical formulations described herein.

[0296] Suitable adjuvants are known in the art (see, WO 2015/095811) and include, but are not limited to poly(I:C), poly-ICLC, Hiltonol, STING agonist, 1018 ISS, aluminum salts, Amplivax, AS15, BCG, CP- 870,893, CpG7909, CyaA, dSLIM, GM-CSF, IC30, IC31, Imiquimod, ImuFact IMP321, IS Patch, ISS, ISCOMATRIX, Juvlmmune, LipoVac, MF59, monophosphoryl lipid A, Montanide IMS 1312, Montanide ISA 206, Montanide ISA 50V, Montanide ISA-51, OK-432, OM-174, OM-197-MP-EC, ONTAK, PepTel®. vector system, PLG microparticles, resiquimod, SRL172, virosomes and other virus-like particles, YF-17D, VEGF trap, R848, beta-glucan, Pam3Cys, Pam3CSK4, Aquila’s QS21 stimulon (Aquila Biotech, Worcester, Mass., USA) which is derived from saponin, mycobacterial extracts and synthetic bacterial cell wall mimics, and other proprietary adjuvants such as Ribi’s Detox. Quil or Superfos. Adjuvants also include incomplete Freund’s or GM-CSF. Several immunological adjuvants (e.g., MF59) specific for dendritic cells and their preparation have been described previously (Dupuis M, et ak, Cell Immunol. 1998; 186(1): 18-27; Allison A C; Dev. Biol. Stand. 1998; 92:3-11) (Mosca et al. Frontiers in Bioscience, 2007; 12:4050-4060) (Gamvrellis et al. Immunol & Cell Biol. 2004; 82: 506-516).. Also cytokines can be used. Several cytokines have been directly linked to influencing dendritic cell migration to lymphoid tissues (e.g., TNF-alpha), accelerating the maturation of dendritic cells into efficient antigen-presenting cells for T-lymphocytes (e.g., GM-CSF, PGE1, PGE2, IL-l, IL-lb, IL-4, IL-6 and CD40L) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,589 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) and acting as immunoadjuvants (e.g., IL-12) (Gabrilovich D I, et al., J. Immunother. Emphasis Tumor Immunol. 1996 (6):4l4-418).

[0297] Adjuvant can also comprise stimulatory molecules such as cytokines. Non-limiting examples of cytokines include: CCL20, a-interferon(IFN- a), b-interferon (IFN-b), g- interferon, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), TNFa, TNEb (lymphotoxin alpha (LTa)), GM-CSF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), cutaneous T cell-attracting chemokine (CTACK), epithelial thymus-expressed chemokine (TECK), mucosae- associated epithelial chemokine (MEC), IL-12, IL-15,, IL-28, MHC, CD80, CD86, IL-l, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL- 6, IL-10, IL-18, MCP-l, MIP-la, MIP-1-, IL-8, L- selectin, P-selectin, E-selectin, CD34, GlyCAM-l, MadCAM-l, LFA-l, VLA-l, Mac-l, pl50.95, PECAM, ICAM-l, ICAM-2, ICAM-3, CD2, LFA-3, M-CSF, G-CSF, mutant forms of IL-18, CD40, CD40L, vascular growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, IL-7, nerve growth factor, vascular endothelial growth factor, Fas, TNF receptor, Fit, Apo-l, p55, WSL-l, DR3, TRAMP, Apo-3, AIR, LARD, NGRF, DR4, DRS, KILLER, TRAIL-R2, TRICK2, DR6, Caspase ICE, Fos, c-jun, Sp-l, Ap-l, Ap-2, p38, p65Rel, MyD88, IRAK, TRAF6, IKB, Inactive NIK, SAP K, SAP-I, JNK, interferon response genes, NFKB, Bax, TRAIL, TRAILrec, TRAILrecDRC5, TRAIL-R3, TRAIL-R4, RANK, RANK LIGAND, 0x40, 0x40 LIGAND, NKG2D, MICA, MICB, NKG2A, NKG2B, NKG2C, NKG2E, NKG2F, TAPI, and TAP2.

[0298] Additional adjuvants include: MCP-l, MIP-la, MIP-lp, IL-8, RANTES, L-selectin, P-selectin, E- selectin, CD34, GlyCAM-l, MadCAM-l, LFA-l, VLA-l, Mac-l, pl50.95, PECAM, ICAM-l, ICAM-2, ICAM-3, CD2, LFA-3, M-CSF, G-CSF, IL-4, mutant forms of IL-18, CD40, CD40L, vascular growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, IL-7, IL-22, nerve growth factor, vascular endothelial growth factor, Fas, TNF receptor, Fit, Apo-l, p55, WSL-l, DR3, TRAMP, Apo-3, AIR, LARD, NGRF, DR4, DR5, KILLER, TRAIL- R2, TRICK2, DR6, Caspase ICE, Fos, c-jun, Sp-l, Ap-l, Ap-2, p38, p65Rel, MyD88, IRAK, TRAF6, IKB, Inactive NIK, SAP K, SAP-l, JNK, interferon response genes, NFKB, Bax, TRAIL, TRAILrec, TRAILrecDRC5, TRAIL-R3, TRAIL-R4, RANK, RANK LIGAND, 0x40, 0x40 LIGAND, NKG2D, MICA, MICB, NKG2A, NKG2B, NKG2C, NKG2E, NKG2F, TAP1, TAP2 and functional fragments thereof.

[0299] In some aspects, an adjuvant can be a modulator of a toll like receptor. Examples of modulators of toll-like receptors include TLR-9 agonists and are not limited to small molecule modulators of toll-like receptors such as Imiquimod. Other examples of adjuvants that are used in combination with an immunogenic pharmaceutical composition described herein can include and are not limited to saponin, CpG ODN and the like. Sometimes, an adjuvant is selected from bacteria toxoids, polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene block polymers, aluminum salts, liposomes, CpG polymers, oil-in-water emulsions, or a combination thereof. Sometimes, an adjuvant is an oil-in-water emulsion. The oil-in-water emulsion can include at least one oil and at least one surfactant, with the oil(s) and surfactant(s) being biodegradable (metabolisable) and biocompatible. The oil droplets in the emulsion can be less than 5 pm in diameter, and can even have a sub- micron diameter, with these small sizes being achieved with a microfluidiser to provide stable emulsions. Droplets with a size less than 220 nm can be subjected to fdter sterilization.

Methods of Treatment and Pharmaceutical Compositions

[0300] The neoantigen therapeutics (e.g., peptides, polynucleotides, TCR, CAR, cells containing TCR or CAR, APC or dendritic cell containing polypeptide, dendritic cell containing polynucleotide, antibody, etc.) described herein are useful in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, therapeutic treatment methods, such as the treatment of cancer. In some embodiments, the therapeutic treatment methods comprise immunotherapy. In certain embodiments, a neoantigenic peptide is useful for activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing an immune response, redirecting an existing immune response to a new target, increasing the immunogenicity of a tumor, inhibiting tumor growth, reducing tumor volume, increasing tumor cell apoptosis, and/or reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor. The methods of use can be in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo methods.

[0301] In some aspects, the present disclosure provides methods for activating an immune response in a subject using a neoantigenic peptide or protein described herein. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for promoting an immune response in a subject using a neoantigenic peptide described herein. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for increasing an immune response in a subject using a neoantigenic peptide described herein. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for enhancing an immune response using a neoantigenic peptide. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing cell- mediated immunity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing T cell activity or humoral immunity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing CTL or Th activity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing NK cell activity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing T cell activity and increasing NK cell activity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises increasing CTL activity and increasing NK cell activity. In some embodiments, the activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response comprises inhibiting or decreasing the suppressive activity of T regulatory (Treg) cells. In some embodiments, the immune response is a result of antigenic stimulation. In some embodiments, the antigenic stimulation is a tumor cell. In some embodiments, the antigenic stimulation is cancer.

[0302] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of activating, promoting, increasing, and/or enhancing of an immune response using a neoantigenic peptide described herein. In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic peptide that delivers a neoantigenic peptide or polynucleotide to an antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell). In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic peptide internalized by the antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell). In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic peptide that is internalized by an antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell), and the neoantigenic peptide is processed by the cell. In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic polypeptide that is internalized by an antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell) and a neoepitope is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell. In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic polypeptide that is internalized by the antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell), is processed by the cell, and an antigenic peptide is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell.

[0303] In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic peptide or polynucleotide described herein that delivers an exogenous polypeptide comprising at least one neoantigenic peptide to an antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell), wherein at least one neoepitope derived from the neoantigenic peptide is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell. In some embodiments, the antigenic peptide is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell in complex with a MHC class I molecule. In some embodiments, the neoepitope is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell in complex with a MHC class II molecule.

[0304] In some embodiments, a method comprises contacting a tumor cell with a neoantigenic polypeptide or polynucleotide described herein that delivers an exogenous polypeptide comprising at least one neoantigenic peptide to the antigen presenting cell, wherein at least one neoepitope derived from the at least one neoantigenic peptide is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell). In some embodiments, the neoepitope is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell) in complex with a MHC class I molecule. In some embodiments, the neoepitope is presented on the surface of the antigen presenting cell (e.g., tumor cell) in complex with a MHC class II molecule.

[0305] In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic polypeptide or polynucleotide described herein that delivers an exogenous polypeptide comprising at least one antigenic peptide to a tumor cell, wherein the neoepitope is presented on the surface of the tumor cell, and an immune response against the tumor cell is induced. In some embodiments, the immune response against the tumor cell is increased. In some embodiments, the neoantigenic polypeptide or polynucleotide delivers an exogenous polypeptide comprising at least one neoantigenic peptide to a tumor cell, wherein the neoepitope is presented on the surface of the tumor cell, and tumor growth is inhibited.

[0306] In some embodiments, a method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic polypeptide or polynucleotide described herein that delivers an exogenous polypeptide comprising at least one neoantigenic peptide to a tumor cell, wherein the neoepitope derived from the at least one neoantigenic peptide is presented on the surface of the tumor cell, and T cell killing directed against the tumor cell is induced. In some embodiments, T cell killing directed against the tumor cell is enhanced. In some embodiments, T cell killing directed against the tumor cell is increased.

[0307] In some embodiments, a method of increasing an immune response in a subject comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigenic therapeutic described herein, wherein the agent is an antibody that specifically binds the neoantigen described herein. In some embodiments, a method of increasing an immune response in a subject comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody.

[0308] The present disclosure provides methods of redirecting an existing immune response to a tumor. In some embodiments, a method of redirecting an existing immune response to a tumor comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein. In some embodiments, the existing immune response is against a virus. In some embodiments, the virus is selected from the group consisting of: measles virus, varicella-zoster virus (VZV; chickenpox virus), influenza virus, mumps virus, poliovirus, rubella virus, rotavirus, hepatitis A virus (HAV), hepatitis B virus (HBV), Epstein Barr virus (EBV), and cytomegalovirus (CMV). In some embodiments, the virus is varicella-zoster virus. In some embodiments, the virus is cytomegalovirus. In some embodiments, the virus is measles virus. In some embodiments, the existing immune response has been acquired after a natural viral infection. In some embodiments, the existing immune response has been acquired after vaccination against a virus. In some embodiments, the existing immune response is a cell-mediated response. In some embodiments, the existing immune response comprises cytotoxic T cells (CTLs) or Th cells.

[0309] In some embodiments, a method of redirecting an existing immune response to a tumor in a subject comprises administering a fusion protein comprising (i) an antibody that specifically binds a neoantigen and (ii) at least one neoantigenic peptide described herein, wherein (a) the fusion protein is internalized by a tumor cell after binding to the tumor-associated antigen or the neoepitope; (b) the neoantigenic peptide is processed and presented on the surface of the tumor cell associated with a MHC class I molecule; and (c) the neoantigenic peptide/MHC Class I complex is recognized by cytotoxic T cells. In some embodiments, the cytotoxic T cells are memory T cells. In some embodiments, the memory T cells are the result of a vaccination with the neoantigenic peptide.

[0310] The present disclosure provides methods of increasing the immunogenicity of a tumor. In some embodiments, a method of increasing the immunogenicity of a tumor comprises contacting a tumor or tumor cells with an effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein. In some embodiments, a method of increasing the immunogenicity of a tumor comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein.

[0311] The present disclosure also provides methods for inhibiting growth of a tumor using a neoantigen therapeutic described herein. In certain embodiments, a method of inhibiting growth of a tumor comprises contacting a cell mixture with a neoantigen therapeutic in vitro. For example, an immortalized cell line or a cancer cell line mixed with immune cells (e.g., T cells) is cultured in medium to which a neoantigenic peptide is added. In some embodiments, tumor cells are isolated from a patient sample, for example, a tissue biopsy, pleural effusion, or blood sample, mixed with immune cells (e.g., T cells), and cultured in medium to which a neoantigen therapeutic is added. In some embodiments, a neoantigen therapeutic increases, promotes, and/or enhances the activity of the immune cells. In some embodiments, a neoantigen therapeutic inhibits tumor cell growth. In some embodiments, a neoantigen therapeutic activates killing of the tumor cells.

[0312] In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject has a tumor or the subject had a tumor which was at least partially removed.

[0313] In some embodiments, a method of inhibiting growth of a tumor comprises redirecting an existing immune response to a new target, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic, wherein the existing immune response is against an antigenic peptide delivered to the tumor cell by the neoantigenic peptide.

[0314] In certain embodiments, the tumor comprises cancer stem cells. In certain embodiments, the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor is reduced by administration of the neoantigen therapeutic. In some embodiments, a method of reducing the frequency of cancer stem cells in a tumor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic is provided.

[0315] In addition, in some aspects the present disclosure provides a method of reducing the tumorigenicity of a tumor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein. In certain embodiments, the tumor comprises cancer stem cells. In some embodiments, the tumorigenicity of a tumor is reduced by reducing the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor. In some embodiments, the methods comprise using the neoantigen therapeutic described herein. In certain embodiments, the frequency of cancer stem cells in the tumor is reduced by administration of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein.

[0316] In some embodiments, the tumor is a solid tumor. In certain embodiments, the tumor is a tumor selected from the group consisting of: colorectal tumor, pancreatic tumor, lung tumor, ovarian tumor, liver tumor, breast tumor, kidney tumor, prostate tumor, neuroendocrine tumor, gastrointestinal tumor, melanoma, cervical tumor, bladder tumor, glioblastoma, and head and neck tumor. In certain embodiments, the tumor is a colorectal tumor. In certain embodiments, the tumor is an ovarian tumor. In some embodiments, the tumor is a breast tumor. In some embodiments, the tumor is a lung tumor. In certain embodiments, the tumor is a pancreatic tumor. In certain embodiments, the tumor is a melanoma tumor. In some embodiments, the tumor is a solid tumor.

[0317] The present disclosure further provides methods for treating cancer in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein.

[0318] In some embodiments, a method of treating cancer comprises redirecting an existing immune response to a new target, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of neoantigen therapeutic, wherein the existing immune response is against an antigenic peptide delivered to the cancer cell by the neoantigenic peptide.

[0319] The present disclosure provides for methods of treating cancer comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein (e.g., a subject in need of treatment). In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject has a cancerous tumor. In certain embodiments, the subject has had a tumor at least partially removed.

[0320] Subjects can be, for example, mammal, humans, pregnant women, elderly adults, adults, adolescents, pre-adolescents, children, toddlers, infants, newborn, or neonates. A subject can be a patient. In some cases, a subject can be a human. In some cases, a subject can be a child (i.e. a young human being below the age of puberty). In some cases, a subject can be an infant. In some cases, the subject can be a formula-fed infant. In some cases, a subject can be an individual enrolled in a clinical study. In some cases, a subject can be a laboratory animal, for example, a mammal, or a rodent. In some cases, the subject can be a mouse. In some cases, the subject can be an obese or overweight subject.

[0321] In some embodiments, the subject has previously been treated with one or more different cancer treatment modalities. In some embodiments, the subject has previously been treated with one or more of radiotherapy, chemotherapy, or immunotherapy. In some embodiments, the subject has been treated with one, two, three, four, or five lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the prior therapy is a cytotoxic therapy.

[0322] In certain embodiments, the cancer is a cancer selected from the group consisting of colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, breast cancer, kidney cancer, prostate cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, melanoma, cervical cancer, neuroendocrine cancer, bladder cancer, glioblastoma, and head and neck cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is pancreatic cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is colorectal cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is prostate cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is lung cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is melanoma. In some embodiments, the cancer is a solid cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer comprises a solid tumor.

[0323] In some embodiments, the cancer is a hematologic cancer. In some embodiment, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of: acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Hodgkin lymphoma, multiple myeloma, T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), hairy cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), non-Hodgkin lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), and cutaneous T cell lymphoma (CTCL).

[0324] In some embodiments, the neoantigen therapeutic is administered as a combination therapy. Combination therapy with two or more therapeutic agents uses agents that work by different mechanisms of action, although this is not required. Combination therapy using agents with different mechanisms of action can result in additive or synergetic effects. Combination therapy can allow for a lower dose of each agent than is used in monotherapy, thereby reducing toxic side effects and/or increasing the therapeutic index of the agent(s). Combination therapy can decrease the likelihood that resistant cancer cells will develop. In some embodiments, combination therapy comprises a therapeutic agent that affects the immune response (e.g., enhances or activates the response) and a therapeutic agent that affects (e.g., inhibits or kills) the tumor/cancer cells.

[0325] In some instances, an immunogenic pharmaceutical composition can be administered with an additional agent. The choice of the additional agent can depend, at least in part, on the condition being treated. The additional agent can include, for example, a checkpoint inhibitor agent such as an anti-PDl, anti-CTLA4, anti-PD-Ll, anti CD40, or anti-TIM3 agent (e.g., an anti-PDl, anti-CTLA4, anti-PD-Ll, anti CD40, or anti- TIM3 antibody); or any agents having a therapeutic effect for a pathogen infection (e.g. viral infection), including, e.g., drugs used to treat inflammatory conditions such as an NSAID, e.g., ibuprofen, naproxen, acetaminophen, ketoprofen, or aspirin. For example, the checkpoint inhibitor can be a PD-l/PD- Ll antagonist selected from the group consisting of: nivolumab (ONO-4538/BMS-936558, MDX1 106, OPDIVO), pembrolizumab (MK-3475, KEYTRUDA), pidilizumab (CT-011), and MPDL3280A (ROCHE). As another example, formulations can additionally contain one or more supplements, such as vitamin C, E or other anti oxidants.

[0326] The methods of the disclosure can be used to treat any type of cancer known in the art. Non-limiting examples of cancers to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure can include melanoma (e.g., metastatic malignant melanoma), renal cancer (e.g., clear cell carcinoma), prostate cancer (e.g., hormone refractory prostate adenocarcinoma), pancreatic adenocarcinoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer), esophageal cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, leukemia, lymphoma, and other neoplastic malignancies.

[0327] Additionally, the disease or condition provided herein includes refractory or recurrent malignancies whose growth may be inhibited using the methods of treatment of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is selected from the group consisting of carcinoma, squamous carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcomata, endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, fallopian tube cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the anogenital region, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the lung, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, gall bladder cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, laryngeal cancer, salivary gland cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, mesothelioma, sarcoma, hematological cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, neuroma, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure include, for example, carcinoma, squamous carcinoma (for example, cervical canal, eyelid, tunica conjunctiva, vagina, lung, oral cavity, skin, urinary bladder, tongue, larynx, and gullet), and adenocarcinoma (for example, prostate, small intestine, endometrium, cervical canal, large intestine, lung, pancreas, gullet, rectum, uterus, stomach, mammary gland, and ovary). In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure further include sarcomata (for example, myogenic sarcoma), leukosis, neuroma, melanoma, and lymphoma. In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure is breast cancer. In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC). In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is ovarian cancer. In some embodiments, a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is colorectal cancer.

[0328] In some embodiments, a patient or population of patients to be treated with a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure have a solid tumor. In some embodiments, a solid tumor is a melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, bladder cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, gall bladder cancer, laryngeal cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, stomach cancer, salivary gland cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, or Merkel cell carcinoma. In some embodiments, a patient or population of patients to be treated with a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure have a hematological cancer. In some embodiments, the patient has a hematological cancer such as Diffuse large B cell lymphoma (“DLBCL”), Hodgkin’s lymphoma (“HL”), Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (“NHL”), Follicular lymphoma (“FL”), acute myeloid leukemia (“AML”), or Multiple myeloma (“MM”). In some embodiments, a patient or population of patients to be treated having the cancer selected from the group consisting of ovarian cancer, lung cancer and melanoma.

[0329] Specific examples of cancers that can be prevented and/or treated in accordance with present disclosure include, but are not limited to, the following: renal cancer, kidney cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, metastatic breast cancer; breast carcinoma; breast sarcoma; neurofibroma; neurofibromatosis; pediatric tumors; neuroblastoma; malignant melanoma; carcinomas of the epidermis; leukemias such as but not limited to, acute leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemias such as myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, erythroleukemia leukemias and myclodysplastic syndrome, chronic leukemias such as but not limited to, chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia; polycythemia vera; lymphomas such as but not limited to Hodgkin’s disease, non-Hodgkin’s disease; multiple myelomas such as but not limited to smoldering multiple myeloma, nonsecretory myeloma, osteosclerotic myeloma, plasma cell leukemia, solitary plasmacytoma and extramedullary plasmacytoma; Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia; monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance; benign monoclonal gammopathy; heavy chain disease; bone cancer and connective tissue sarcomas such as but not limited to bone sarcoma, myeloma bone disease, multiple myeloma, cholesteatoma- induced bone osteosarcoma, Paget’s disease of bone, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing’s sarcoma, malignant giant cell tumor, fibrosarcoma of bone, chordoma, periosteal sarcoma, soft-tissue sarcomas, angiosarcoma (hemangiosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, lymphangio sarcoma, neurilemmoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and synovial sarcoma; brain tumors such as but not limited to, glioma, astrocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, oligodendroglioma, nonglial tumor, acoustic neurinoma, craniopharyngioma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, pineocytoma, pineoblastoma, and primary brain lymphoma; breast cancer including but not limited to adenocarcinoma, lobular (small cell) carcinoma, intraductal carcinoma, medullary breast cancer, mucinous breast cancer, tubular breast cancer, papillary breast cancer, Paget’s disease (including juvenile Paget’s disease) and inflammatory breast cancer; adrenal cancer such as but not limited to pheochromocytom and adrenocortical carcinoma; thyroid cancer such as but not limited to papillary or follicular thyroid cancer, medullary thyroid cancer and anaplastic thyroid cancer; pancreatic cancer such as but not limited to, insulinoma, gastrinoma, glucagonoma, vipoma, somatostatin-secreting tumor, and carcinoid or islet cell tumor; pituitary cancers such as but limited to Cushing’s disease, prolactin-secreting tumor, acromegaly, and diabetes insipius; eye cancers such as but not limited to ocular melanoma such as iris melanoma, choroidal melanoma, and cilliary body melanoma, and retinoblastoma; vaginal cancers such as squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, and melanoma; vulvar cancer such as squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, adenocarcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, sarcoma, and Paget’s disease; cervical cancers such as but not limited to, squamous cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; uterine cancers such as but not limited to endometrial carcinoma and uterine sarcoma; ovarian cancers such as but not limited to, ovarian epithelial carcinoma, borderline tumor, germ cell tumor, and stromal tumor; cervical carcinoma; esophageal cancers such as but not limited to, squamous cancer, adenocarcinoma, adenoid cyctic carcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, plasmacytoma, verrucous carcinoma, and oat cell (small cell) carcinoma; stomach cancers such as but not limited to, adenocarcinoma, f mgating (polypoid), ulcerating, superficial spreading, diffusely spreading, malignant lymphoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, and carcinosarcoma; colon cancers; colorectal cancer, KRAS mutated colorectal cancer; colon carcinoma; rectal cancers; liver cancers such as but not limited to hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatoblastoma, gallbladder cancers such as adenocarcinoma; cholangiocarcinomas such as but not limited to pappillary, nodular, and diffuse; lung cancers such as KRAS- mutated non-small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinoma (epidermoid carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, large-cell carcinoma and small-cell lung cancer; lung carcinoma; testicular cancers such as but not limited to germinal tumor, seminoma, anaplastic, classic (typical), spermatocytic, nonseminoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratoma carcinoma, choriocarcinoma (yolk-sac tumor), prostate cancers such as but not limited to, androgen-independent prostate cancer, androgen-dependent prostate cancer, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and rhabdomyosarcoma; penal cancers; oral cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell carcinoma; basal cancers; salivary gland cancers such as but not limited to adenocarcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, and adenoidcystic carcinoma; pharynx cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell cancer, and verrucous; skin cancers such as but not limited to, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma, superficial spreading melanoma, nodular melanoma, lentigo malignant melanoma, acrallentiginous melanoma; kidney cancers such as but not limited to renal cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, hypernephroma, fibrosarcoma, transitional cell cancer (renal pelvis and/or uterer); renal carcinoma; Wilms’ tumor; bladder cancers such as but not limited to transitional cell carcinoma, squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, carcinosarcoma. In addition, cancers include myxosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, mesothelioma, synovioma, hemangioblastoma, epithelial carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma and papillary adenocarcinomas.

[0330] Cancers include, but are not limited to, B cell cancer, e.g., multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, the heavy chain diseases, such as, for example, alpha chain disease, gamma chain disease, and mu chain disease, benign monoclonal gammopathy, and immunocytic amyloidosis, melanomas, breast cancer, lung cancer, bronchus cancer, colorectal cancer, prostate cancer (e.g., metastatic, hormone refractory prostate cancer), pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, ovarian cancer, urinary bladder cancer, brain or central nervous system cancer, peripheral nervous system cancer, esophageal cancer, cervical cancer, uterine or endometrial cancer, cancer of the oral cavity or pharynx, liver cancer, kidney cancer, testicular cancer, biliary tract cancer, small bowel or appendix cancer, salivary gland cancer, thyroid gland cancer, adrenal gland cancer, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, cancer of hematological tissues, and the like. Other non-limiting examples of types of cancers applicable to the methods encompassed by the present disclosure include human sarcomas and carcinomas, e.g., fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing’s tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, liver cancer, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms’ tumor, cervical cancer, bone cancer, brain tumor, testicular cancer, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma; leukemias, e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia and acute myelocytic leukemia (myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic and erythroleukemia); chronic leukemia (chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia); and polycythemia vera, lymphoma (Hodgkin’s disease and non-Hodgkin’s disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, and heavy chain disease. In some embodiments, the cancer whose phenotype is determined by the method of the present disclosure is an epithelial cancer such as, but not limited to, bladder cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, gynecologic cancers, renal cancer, laryngeal cancer, lung cancer, oral cancer, head and neck cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, or skin cancer. In other embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, or colon cancer. In still other embodiments, the epithelial cancer is non-small-cell lung cancer, nonpapillary renal cell carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma (e.g., serous ovarian carcinoma), or breast carcinoma. The epithelial cancers may be characterized in various other ways including, but not limited to, serous, endometrioid, mucinous, clear cell, brenner, or undifferentiated. In some embodiments, the present disclosure is used in the treatment, diagnosis, and/or prognosis of lymphoma or its subtypes, including, but not limited to, mantle cell lymphoma. Lymphoproliferative disorders are also considered to be proliferative diseases. [0331] In some embodiments, the combination of an agent described herein and at least one additional therapeutic agent results in additive or synergistic results. In some embodiments, the combination therapy results in an increase in the therapeutic index of the agent. In some embodiments, the combination therapy results in an increase in the therapeutic index of the additional therapeutic agent(s). In some embodiments, the combination therapy results in a decrease in the toxicity and/or side effects of the agent. In some embodiments, the combination therapy results in a decrease in the toxicity and/or side effects of the additional therapeutic agent(s).

[0332] In certain embodiments, in addition to administering a neoantigen therapeutic described herein, the method or treatment further comprises administering at least one additional therapeutic agent. An additional therapeutic agent can be administered prior to, concurrently with, and/or subsequently to, administration of the agent. In some embodiments, the at least one additional therapeutic agent comprises 1, 2, 3, or more additional therapeutic agents.

[0333] Therapeutic agents that can be administered in combination with the neoantigen therapeutic described herein include chemotherapeutic agents. Thus, in some embodiments, the method or treatment involves the administration of an agent described herein in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent or in combination with a cocktail of chemotherapeutic agents. Treatment with an agent can occur prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to administration of chemotherapies. Combined administration can include co-administration, either in a single pharmaceutical formulation or using separate formulations, or consecutive administration in either order but generally within a time period such that all active agents can exert their biological activities simultaneously. Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents can be used according to manufacturers’ instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapy are also described in The Chemotherapy Source Book, 4th Edition, 2008, M. C. Perry, Editor, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA.

[0334] Useful classes of chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, anti-tubulin agents, auristatins, DNA minor groove binders, DNA replication inhibitors, alkylating agents (e.g., platinum complexes such as cisplatin, mono(platinum), bis(platinum) and tri-nuclear platinum complexes and carboplatin), anthracyclines, antibiotics, anti-folates, antimetabolites, chemotherapy sensitizers, duocarmycins, etoposides, fluorinated pyrimidines, ionophores, lexitropsins, nitrosoureas, platinols, purine antimetabolites, puromycins, radiation sensitizers, steroids, taxanes, topoisomerase inhibitors, vinca alkaloids, or the like. In certain embodiments, the second therapeutic agent is an alkylating agent, an antimetabolite, an antimitotic, a topoisomerase inhibitor, or an angiogenesis inhibitor.

[0335] Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXAN); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphaoramide and trimethylolomelamime; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlomaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine; antibiotics such as aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, calicheamicin, carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L- norleucine, doxorubicin, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti -metabolites such as methotrexate and 5- fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytosine arabinoside, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, 5-FU; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenishers such as folinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elformithine; elliptinium acetate; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK; razoxane; sizofuran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2’,2”-trichlorotriethylamine; urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (Ara- C); taxoids, e.g. pacbtaxel (TAXOL) and docetaxel (TAXOTERE); chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6- thioguanine; mercaptopurine; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; navelbine; novantrone; teniposide; daunomycin; aminopterin; ibandronate; CPT11; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylomithine (DMFO); retinoic acid; esperamicins; capecitabine (XELODA); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. Chemotherapeutic agents also include anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens including for example tamoxifen, raloxifene, aromatase inhibiting 4(5)-imidazoles, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone, and toremifene (FARESTON); and anti -androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is cisplatin. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is carboplatin.

[0336] In certain embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is a topoisomerase inhibitor. Topoisomerase inhibitors are chemotherapy agents that interfere with the action of a topoisomerase enzyme (e.g., topoisomerase I or II). Topoisomerase inhibitors include, but are not limited to, doxorubicin HC1, daunorubicin citrate, mitoxantrone HC1, actinomycin D, etoposide, topotecan HC1, teniposide (VM-26), and irinotecan, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids, or derivatives of any of these. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is irinotecan. [0337] In certain embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is an anti -metabolite. An anti -metabolite is a chemical with a structure that is similar to a metabolite required for normal biochemical reactions, yet different enough to interfere with one or more normal functions of cells, such as cell division. Anti metabolites include, but are not limited to, gemcitabine, fluorouracil, capecitabine, methotrexate sodium, ralitrexed, pemetrexed, tegafur, cytosine arabinoside, thioguanine, 5-azacytidine, 6 mercaptopurine, azathioprine, 6-thioguanine, pentostatin, fludarabine phosphate, and cladribine, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids, or derivatives of any of these. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is gemcitabine.

[0338] In certain embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is an antimitotic agent, including, but not limited to, agents that bind tubulin. In some embodiments, the agent is a taxane. In certain embodiments, the agent is paclitaxel or docetaxel, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, acid, or derivative of paclitaxel or docetaxel. In certain embodiments, the agent is paclitaxel (TAXOL), docetaxel (TAXOTERE), albumin- bound paclitaxel (ABRAXANE), DHA-paclitaxel, or PG-paclitaxel. In certain alternative embodiments, the antimitotic agent comprises a vinca alkaloid, such as vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, or vindesine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids, or derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the antimitotic agent is an inhibitor of kinesin Eg5 or an inhibitor of a mitotic kinase such as Aurora A or Plkl. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is paclitaxel. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is albumin-bound paclitaxel.

[0339] In some embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent comprises an agent such as a small molecule. For example, treatment can involve the combined administration of an agent of the present disclosure with a small molecule that acts as an inhibitor against tumor-associated antigens including, but not limited to, EGFR, HER2 (ErbB2), and/or VEGF. In some embodiments, an agent of the present disclosure is administered in combination with a protein kinase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of: gefitinib (IRESSA), erlotinib (TARCEVA), sunitinib (SUTENT), lapatanib, vandetanib (ZACTIMA), AEE788, CI-1033, cediranib (RECENTIN), sorafenib (NEXAVAR), and pazopanib (GW786034B). In some embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent comprises an mTOR inhibitor. In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is chemotherapy or other inhibitors that reduce the number of Treg cells. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent is cyclophosphamide or an anti-CTLA4 antibody. In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic reduces the presence of myeloid-derived suppressor cells. In a further embodiment, the additional therapeutic is carbotaxol. In another embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent shifts cells to a T helper 1 response. In a further embodiment, the additional therapeutic agent is ibrutinib.

[0340] In some embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent comprises a biological molecule, such as an antibody. For example, treatment can involve the combined administration of an agent of the present disclosure with antibodies against tumor-associated antigens including, but not limited to, antibodies that bind EGFR, HER2/ErbB2, and/or VEGF. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody specific for a cancer stem cell marker. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antibody that is an angiogenesis inhibitor (e.g., an anti-VEGF or VEGF receptor antibody). In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is bevacizumab (AVASTIN), ramucirumab, trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN), pertuzumab (OMNITARG), panitumumab (VECTIBIX), nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, or cetuximab (ERBITUX).

[0341] The agents and compositions provided herein may be used alone or in combination with conventional therapeutic regimens such as surgery, irradiation, chemotherapy and/or bone marrow transplantation (autologous, syngeneic, allogeneic or unrelated). A set of tumor antigens can be useful, e.g., in a large fraction of cancer patients.

[0342] In some embodiments, at least one or more chemotherapeutic agents may be administered in addition to the composition comprising an immunogenic vaccine. In some embodiments, the one or more chemotherapeutic agents may belong to different classes of chemotherapeutic agents.

[0343] Examples of chemotherapy agents include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards (e.g. mechlorethamine (nitrogen mustard), chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), ifosfamide, and melphalan); nitrosoureas (e.g. N-Nitroso-N-methylurea, streptozocin, carmustine (BCNU), lomustine, and semustine); alkyl sulfonates (e.g. busulfan); tetrazines (e.g. dacarbazine (DTIC), mitozolomide and temozolomide (Temodar®)); aziridines (e.g. thiotepa, mytomycin and diaziquone); and platinum drugs (e.g. cisplatin, carboplatin, and oxaliplatin); non-classical alkylating agents such as procarbazine and altretamine (hexamethylmelamine); anti-metabolite agents such as 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP), capecitabine (Xeloda®), cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine (Ara-C®), decitabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, nelarabine, gemcitabine (Gemzar®), hydroxyurea, methotrexate, pemetrexed (Alimta®), pentostatin, thioguanine, Vidaza; anti-microtubule agents such as vinca alkaloids (e.g. vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine and vinflunine); taxanes (e.g. pacbtaxel (Taxol®), docetaxel (Taxotere®)); podophyllotoxin (e.g. etoposide and teniposide); epothilones (e.g. ixabepilone (Ixempra®)); estramustine (Emcyt®); anti-tumor antibiotics such as anthracycbnes (e.g. daunorubicin, doxorubicin (Adriamycin®, epirubicin, idarubicin); actinomycin-D; and bleomycin; topoisomerase I inhibitors such as topotecan and irinotecan (CPT-11); topoisomerase II inhibitors such as etoposide (VP-16), teniposide, mitoxantrone, novobiocin, merbarone and aclarubicin; corticosteroids such as prednisone, methylprednisolone (Solumedrol®), and dexamethasone (Decadron®); L-asparaginase; bortezomib (Velcade®); immunotherapeutic agents such as rituximab (Rituxan®), alemtuzumab (Campath®), thalidomide, lenalidomide (Revlimid®), BCG, interleukin-2, interferon-alfa and cancer vaccines such as Provenge®; hormone therapeutic agents such as fulvestrant (Faslodex®), tamoxifen, toremifene (Fareston®), anastrozole (Arimidex®), exemestan (Aromasin®), letrozole (Femara®), megestrol acetate (Megace®), estrogens, bicalutamide (Casodex®), flutamide (Eulexin®), nilutamide (Nilandron®), leuprolide (Lupron®) and goserebn (Zoladex®); differentiating agents such as retinoids, tretinoin (ATRA or Atralin®), bexarotene (Targretin®) and arsenic trioxide (Arsenox®); and targeted therapeutic agents such as imatinib (Gleevec®), gefitinib (Iressa®) and sunitinib (Sutent®). In some embodiments, the chemotherapy is a cocktail therapy. Examples of a cocktail therapy includes, but is not limited to, CHOP/R-CHOP (rituxan, cyclophosphamide, hydroxydoxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone), EPOCH (etoposide, prednisone, vincristine, cyclophosphamide, hydroxydoxorubicin), Hyper-CVAD (cyclophosphamide, vincristine, hydroxydoxorubicin, dexamethasone), FOLFOX (fluorouracil (5-FU), leucovorin, oxaliplatin), ICE (ifosfamide, carboplatin, etoposide), DHAP (high-dose cytarabine [ara-C], dexamethasone, cisplatin), ESHAP (etoposide, methylprednisolone, cytarabine [ara-C], cisplatin) and CMF (cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, fluouracil).

[0344] In certain embodiments, an additional therapeutic agent comprises a second immunotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additional immunotherapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, a colony stimulating factor, an interleukin, an antibody that blocks immunosuppressive functions (e.g., an anti-CTLA-4 antibody, anti-CD28 antibody, anti-CD3 antibody, anti -PD- 1 antibody, anti-PD-Ll antibody, anti-TIGIT antibody), an antibody that enhances immune cell functions (e.g., an anti-GITR antibody, an anti-OX-40 antibody, an anti-CD40 antibody, or an anti-4-lBB antibody), a toll-like receptor (e.g., TLR4, TLR7, TLR9), a soluble ligand (e.g, GITRL, GITRL-Fc, OX-40L, OX-40L-Fc, CD40L, CD40L-Fc, 4-1BB ligand, or 4-1BB ligand-Fc), or a member of the B7 family (e.g., CD80, CD86). In some embodiments, the additional immunotherapeutic agent targets CTFA-4, CD28, CD3, PD-l, PD-F1, TIGIT, GITR, OX-40, CD-40, or 4- 1BB.

[0345] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an immune checkpoint inhibitor. In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor is an anti-PD-l antibody, an anti-PD-Fl antibody, an anti- CTFA-4 antibody, an anti-CD28 antibody, an anti-TIGIT antibody, an anti-FAG3 antibody, an anti-TIM3 antibody, an anti-GITR antibody, an anti-4-lBB antibody, or an anti-OX-40 antibody. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-TIGIT antibody. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-PD-l antibody selected from the group consisting of: nivolumab (OPDIVO), pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA), pidilzumab, MEDI0680, REGN2810, BGB-A317, and PDR001. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-PD-Fl antibody selected from the group consisting of: BMS935559 (MDX-1105), atexolizumab (MPDF3280A), durvalumab (MEDI4736), and avelumab (MSB0010718C). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-CTFA-4 antibody selected from the group consisting of: ipilimumab (YERVOY) and tremelimumab. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti -FAG-3 antibody selected from the group consisting of: BMS-986016 and FAG525. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-OX-40 antibody selected from the group consisting of: MEDI6469, MEDI0562, and MOXR0916. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-4-lBB antibody selected from the group consisting of: PF-05082566.

[0346] In some embodiments, the neoantigen therapeutic can be administered in combination with a biologic molecule selected from the group consisting of: adrenomedullin (AM), angiopoietin (Ang), BMPs, BDNF, EGF, erythropoietin (EPO), FGF, GDNF, granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M- CSF), stem cell factor (SCF), GDF9, HGF, HDGF, IGF, migration-stimulating factor, myostatin (GDF-8), NGF, neurotrophins, PDGF, thrombopoietin, TGF-a, TGF-b, TNF-a, VEGF, P1GF, gamma-IFN, IL-l, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, and IL-18.

[0347] In some embodiments, treatment with a neoantigen therapeutic described herein can be accompanied by surgical removal of tumors, removal of cancer cells, or any other surgical therapy deemed necessary by a treating physician.

[0348] In certain embodiments, treatment involves the administration of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein in combination with radiation therapy. Treatment with an agent can occur prior to, concurrently with, or subsequent to administration of radiation therapy. Dosing schedules for such radiation therapy can be determined by the skilled medical practitioner.

[0349] Combined administration can include co-administration, either in a single pharmaceutical formulation or using separate formulations, or consecutive administration in either order but generally within a time period such that all active agents can exert their biological activities simultaneously.

[0350] It will be appreciated that the combination of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein and at least one additional therapeutic agent can be administered in any order or concurrently. In some embodiments, the agent will be administered to patients that have previously undergone treatment with a second therapeutic agent. In certain other embodiments, the neoantigen therapeutic and a second therapeutic agent will be administered substantially simultaneously or concurrently. For example, a subject can be given an agent while undergoing a course of treatment with a second therapeutic agent (e.g., chemotherapy). In certain embodiments, a neoantigen therapeutic will be administered within 1 year of the treatment with a second therapeutic agent. It will further be appreciated that the two (or more) agents or treatments can be administered to the subject within a matter of hours or minutes (i.e., substantially simultaneously).

[0351] For the treatment of a disease, the appropriate dosage of a neoantigen therapeutic described herein depends on the type of disease to be treated, the severity and course of the disease, the responsiveness of the disease, whether the agent is administered for therapeutic or preventative purposes, previous therapy, the patient’s clinical history, and so on, all at the discretion of the treating physician. The neoantigen therapeutic can be administered one time or over a series of treatments lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved (e.g., reduction in tumor size). Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient and will vary depending on the relative potency of an individual agent. The administering physician can determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies, and repetition rates.

[0352] In some embodiments, a neoantigen therapeutic can be administered at an initial higher“loading” dose, followed by one or more lower doses. In some embodiments, the frequency of administration can also change. In some embodiments, a dosing regimen can comprise administering an initial dose, followed by additional doses (or“maintenance” doses) once a week, once every two weeks, once every three weeks, or once every month. For example, a dosing regimen can comprise administering an initial loading dose, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of, for example, one-half of the initial dose. Or a dosing regimen can comprise administering an initial loading dose, followed by maintenance doses of, for example one-half of the initial dose every other week. Or a dosing regimen can comprise administering three initial doses for 3 weeks, followed by maintenance doses of, for example, the same amount every other week.

[0353] As is known to those of skill in the art, administration of any therapeutic agent can lead to side effects and/or toxicities. In some cases, the side effects and/or toxicities are so severe as to preclude administration of the particular agent at a therapeutically effective dose. In some cases, therapy must be discontinued, and other agents can be tried. However, many agents in the same therapeutic class display similar side effects and/or toxicities, meaning that the patient either has to stop therapy, or if possible, suffer from the unpleasant side effects associated with the therapeutic agent.

[0354] In some embodiments, the dosing schedule can be limited to a specific number of administrations or “cycles”. In some embodiments, the agent is administered for 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or more cycles. For example, the agent is administered every 2 weeks for 6 cycles, the agent is administered every 3 weeks for 6 cycles, the agent is administered every 2 weeks for 4 cycles, the agent is administered every 3 weeks for 4 cycles, etc. Dosing schedules can be decided upon and subsequently modified by those skilled in the art.

[0355] The present disclosure provides methods of administering to a subject a neoantigen therapeutic described herein comprising using an intermittent dosing strategy for administering one or more agents, which can reduce side effects and/or toxicities associated with administration of an agent, chemotherapeutic agent, etc. In some embodiments, a method for treating cancer in a human subject comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a neoantigen therapeutic in combination with a therapeutically effective dose of a chemotherapeutic agent, wherein one or both of the agents are administered according to an intermittent dosing strategy. In some embodiments, a method for treating cancer in a human subject comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective dose of a neoantigen therapeutic in combination with a therapeutically effective dose of a second immunotherapeutic agent, wherein one or both of the agents are administered according to an intermittent dosing strategy. In some embodiments, the intermittent dosing strategy comprises administering an initial dose of a neoantigen therapeutic to the subject, and administering subsequent doses of the agent about once every 2 weeks. In some embodiments, the intermittent dosing strategy comprises administering an initial dose of a neoantigen therapeutic to the subject, and administering subsequent doses of the agent about once every 3 weeks. In some embodiments, the intermittent dosing strategy comprises administering an initial dose of a neoantigen therapeutic to the subject, and administering subsequent doses of the agent about once every 4 weeks. In some embodiments, the agent is administered using an intermittent dosing strategy and the additional therapeutic agent is administered weekly.

[0356] The present disclosure provides compositions comprising the neoantigen therapeutic described herein. The present disclosure also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a neoantigen therapeutic described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions find use in immunotherapy. In some embodiments, the compositions find use in inhibiting tumor growth. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions find use in inhibiting tumor growth in a subject (e.g., a human patient). In some embodiments, the compositions find use in treating cancer. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions find use in treating cancer in a subject (e.g., a human patient).

[0357] Formulations are prepared for storage and use by combining a neoantigen therapeutic of the present disclosure with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle (e.g., a carrier or excipient). Those of skill in the art generally consider pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, and/or stabilizers to be inactive ingredients of a formulation or pharmaceutical composition. Exemplary formulations are listed in WO 2015/095811.

[0358] Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to, nontoxic buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, hexamethonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol, alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben, catechol, resorcinol, cyclohexanol, 3-pentanol, and m-cresol; low molecular weight polypeptides (e.g., less than about 10 amino acid residues); proteins such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; carbohydrates such as monosaccharides, disaccharides, glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes such as Zn-protein complexes; and non ionic surfactants such as TWEEN or polyethylene glycol (PEG). (Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22st Edition, 2012, Pharmaceutical Press, London.). In some embodiments, the vehicle is 5% dextrose in water.

[0359] The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered in any number of ways for either local or systemic treatment. Administration can be topical by epidermal or transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders; pulmonary by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer, intratracheal, and intranasal; oral; or parenteral including intravenous, intra-arterial, intratumoral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular (e.g., injection or infusion), or intracranial (e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular).

[0360] The therapeutic formulation can be in unit dosage form. Such formulations include tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions in water or non-aqueous media, or suppositories.

[0361] The neoantigenic peptides described herein can also be entrapped in microcapsules. Such microcapsules are prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nanoparticles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22st Edition, 2012, Pharmaceutical Press, London. [0362] In certain embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations include a neoantigen therapeutic described herein complexed with liposomes. Methods to produce liposomes are known to those of skill in the art. For example, some liposomes can be generated by reverse phase evaporation with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes can be extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.

[0363] In certain embodiments, sustained-release preparations comprising the neoantigenic peptides described herein can be produced. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi- permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing an agent, where the matrices are in the form of shaped articles (e.g., films or microcapsules). Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels such as poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate) or poly(vinyl alcohol), polylactides, copolymers of L- glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), sucrose acetate isobutyrate, and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.

[0364] The present disclosure provides methods of treatment comprising an immunogenic vaccine. Methods of treatment for a disease (such as cancer or a viral infection) are provided. A method can comprise administering to a subject an effective amount of a composition comprising an immunogenic antigen. In some embodiments, the antigen comprises a viral antigen. In some embodiments, the antigen comprises a tumor antigen.

[0365] Non-limiting examples of vaccines that can be prepared include a peptide-based vaccine, a nucleic acid-based vaccine, an antibody based vaccine, a T cell based vaccine, and an antigen-presenting cell based vaccine.

[0366] Vaccine compositions can be formulated using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active agents into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation can be dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients can be used as suitable and as understood in the art.

[0367] In some cases, the vaccine composition is formulated as a peptide-based vaccine, a nucleic acid- based vaccine, an antibody based vaccine, or a cell based vaccine. For example, a vaccine composition can include naked cDNA in cationic lipid formulations; lipopeptides (e.g., Vitiello, A. et ah, J. Clin. Invest. 95:341, 1995), naked cDNA or peptides, encapsulated e.g., in poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide) (“PLG”) microspheres (see, e.g., Eldridge, et ah, Molec. Immunol. 28:287-294, 1991: Alonso et al, Vaccine 12:299- 306, 1994; Jones et al, Vaccine 13:675-681, 1995); peptide composition contained in immune stimulating complexes (ISCOMS) (e.g., Takahashi et al, Nature 344:873-875, 1990; Hu et al, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 113:235-243, 1998); or multiple antigen peptide systems (MAPs) (see e.g., Tam, J. P., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:5409-5413, 1988; Tam, J.P., J. Immunol. Methods 196: 17-32, 1996). Sometimes, a vaccine is formulated as a peptide-based vaccine, or nucleic acid based vaccine in which the nucleic acid encodes the polypeptides. Sometimes, a vaccine is formulated as an antibody based vaccine. Sometimes, a vaccine is formulated as a cell based vaccine.

[0368] The amino acid sequence of an identified disease-specific immunogenic neoantigen peptide can be used develop a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. The source of antigen can be, but is not limited to, natural or synthetic proteins, including glycoproteins, peptides, and superantigens; antibody/antigen complexes; lipoproteins; RNA or a translation product thereof; and DNA or a polypeptide encoded by the DNA. The source of antigen may also comprise non-transformed, transformed, transfected, or transduced cells or cell lines. Cells may be transformed, transfected, or transduced using any of a variety of expression or retroviral vectors known to those of ordinary skill in the art that may be employed to express recombinant antigens. Expression may also be achieved in any appropriate host cell that has been transformed, transfected, or transduced with an expression or retroviral vector containing a DNA molecule encoding recombinant antigen(s). Any number of transfection, transformation, and transduction protocols known to those in the art may be used. Recombinant vaccinia vectors and cells infected with the vaccinia vector, may be used as a source of antigen.

[0369] A composition can comprise a synthetic disease-specific immunogenic neoantigen peptide. A composition can comprise two or more disease-specific immunogenic neoantigen peptides. A composition may comprise a precursor to a disease-specific immunogenic peptide (such as a protein, peptide, DNA and RNA). A precursor to a disease-specific immunogenic peptide can generate or be generated to the identified disease-specific immunogenic neoantigen peptide. In some embodiments, a therapeutic composition comprises a precursor of an immunogenic peptide. The precursor to a disease-specific immunogenic peptide can be a pro-drug. In some embodiments, the composition comprising a disease-specific immunogenic neoantigen peptide may further comprise an adjuvant. For example, the neoantigen peptide can be utilized as a vaccine. In some embodiments, an immunogenic vaccine may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable immunogenic neoantigen peptide. In some embodiments, an immunogenic vaccine may comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable precursor to an immunogenic neoantigen peptide (such as a protein, peptide, DNA and RNA). In some embodiments, a method of treatment comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of an antibody specifically recognizing an immunogenic neoantigen peptide. In some embodiments, a method of treatment comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of a soluble TCR or TCR analog specifically recognizing an immunogenic neoantigen peptide.

[0370] The methods described herein are particularly useful in the personalized medicine context, where immunogenic neoantigen peptides are used to develop therapeutics (such as vaccines or therapeutic antibodies) for the same individual. Thus, a method of treating a disease in a subject can comprise identifying an immunogenic neoantigen peptide in a subject according to the methods described herein; and synthesizing the peptide (or a precursor thereof); and administering the peptide or an antibody specifically recognizing the peptide to the subject. In some embodiments, an expression pattern of an immunogenic neoantigen can serve as the essential basis for the generation of patient specific vaccines. In some embodiments, an expression pattern of an immunogenic neoantigen can serve as the essential basis for the generation of a vaccine for a group of patients with a particular disease. Thus, particular diseases, e.g., particular types of tumors, can be selectively treated in a patient group.

[0371] In some embodiments, the peptides described herein are structurally normal antigens that can be recognized by autologous anti-disease T cells in a large patient group. In some embodiments, an antigen- expression pattern of a group of diseased subjects whose disease expresses structurally normal neoantigens is determined.

[0372] In some embodiments, the peptides described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide, and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a mutation and the second neoepitope comprises the same mutation. In some embodiments, the peptides described herein comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a first region of a protein and a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of a second region of the same protein, wherein the first region comprises at least one amino acid of the second region, wherein the first peptide is different from the second peptide and wherein the first neoepitope comprises a first mutation and the second neoepitope comprises a second mutation. In some embodiments, the first mutation and the second mutation are the same. In some embodiments, the mutation is selected from the group consisting of a point mutation, a splice-site mutation, a frame shift mutation, a read-through mutation, a gene fusion mutation and any combination thereof.

[0373] There are a variety of ways in which to produce immunogenic neoantigens. Proteins or peptides may be made by any technique known to those of skill in the art, including the expression of proteins, polypeptides or peptides through standard molecular biological techniques, the isolation of proteins or peptides from natural sources, in vitro translation, or the chemical synthesis of proteins or peptides. In general, such disease specific neoantigens may be produced either in vitro or in vivo. Immunogenic neoantigens may be produced in vitro as peptides or polypeptides, which may then be formulated into a personalized vaccine or immunogenic composition and administered to a subject. In vitro production of immunogenic neoantigens can comprise peptide synthesis or expression of a peptide/polypeptide from a DNA or RNA molecule in any of a variety of bacterial, eukaryotic, or viral recombinant expression systems, followed by purification of the expressed peptide/polypeptide. Alternatively, immunogenic neoantigens can be produced in vivo by introducing molecules (e.g., DNA, RNA, and viral expression systems) that encode an immunogenic neoantigen into a subject, whereupon the encoded immunogenic neoantigens are expressed. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide encoding an immunogenic neoantigen peptide can be used to produce the neoantigen peptide in vitro.

[0374] In some embodiments, a polynucleotide comprises a sequence with at least 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%,

64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%,

83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding an immunogenic neoantigen. [0375] The polynucleotide may be, e.g., DNA, cDNA, PNA, CNA, RNA, single- and/or double-stranded, native or stabilized forms of polynucleotides, or combinations thereof. A nucleic acid encoding an immunogenic neoantigen peptide may or may not contain introns so long as it codes for the peptide. In some embodiments in vitro translation is used to produce the peptide.

[0376] Expression vectors comprising sequences encoding the neoantigen, as well as host cells containing the expression vectors, are also contemplated. Expression vectors suitable for use in the present disclosure can comprise at least one expression control element operationally linked to the nucleic acid sequence. The expression control elements are inserted in the vector to control and regulate the expression of the nucleic acid sequence. Examples of expression control elements are well known in the art and include, for example, the lac system, operator and promoter regions of phage lambda, yeast promoters and promoters derived from polyoma, adenovirus, retrovirus or SV40. Additional operational elements include, but are not limited to, leader sequences, termination codons, polyadenylation signals and any other sequences necessary or preferred for the appropriate transcription and subsequent translation of the nucleic acid sequence in the host system. It will be understood by one skilled in the art the correct combination of expression control elements will depend on the host system chosen. It will further be understood that the expression vector should contain additional elements necessary for the transfer and subsequent replication of the expression vector containing the nucleic acid sequence in the host system. Examples of such elements include, but are not limited to, origins of replication and selectable markers.

[0377] The neoantigen peptides may be provided in the form of RNA or cDNA molecules encoding the desired neoantigen peptides. One or more neoantigen peptides of the present disclosure may be encoded by a single expression vector. Generally, the DNA is inserted into an expression vector, such as a plasmid, in proper orientation and correct reading frame for expression, if necessary, the DNA may be linked to the appropriate transcriptional and translational regulatory control nucleotide sequences recognized by the desired host (e.g., bacteria), although such controls are generally available in the expression vector. The vector is then introduced into the host bacteria for cloning using standard techniques. Useful expression vectors for eukaryotic hosts, especially mammals or humans include, for example, vectors comprising expression control sequences from SV40, bovine papilloma virus, adenovirus and cytomegalovirus. Useful expression vectors for bacterial hosts include known bacterial plasmids, such as plasmids from E. coli, including pCR 1, pBR322, pMB9 and their derivatives, wider host range plasmids, such as M13 and filamentous single -stranded DNA phages.

[0378] In embodiments, a DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of interest can be constructed by chemical synthesis using an oligonucleotide synthesizer. Such oligonucleotides can be designed based on the amino acid sequence of the desired polypeptide and selecting those codons that are favored in the host cell in which the recombinant polypeptide of interest is produced. Standard methods can be applied to synthesize an isolated polynucleotide sequence encoding an isolated polypeptide of interest. [0379] Suitable host cells for expression of a polypeptide include prokaryotes, yeast, insect or higher eukaryotic cells under the control of appropriate promoters. Prokaryotes include gram negative or gram positive organisms, for example E. coli or bacilli. Higher eukaryotic cells include established cell lines of mammalian origin. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed. Appropriate cloning and expression vectors for use with bacterial, fungal, yeast, and mammalian cellular hosts are well known in the art. Various mammalian or insect cell culture systems can be employed to express recombinant protein. Exemplary mammalian host cell lines include, but are not limited to COS-7, L cells, C127, 3T3, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), 293, HeLa and BHK cell lines. Mammalian expression vectors can comprise nontranscribed elements such as an origin of replication, a suitable promoter and enhancer linked to the gene to be expressed, and other 5’ or 3’ flanking nontranscribed sequences, and 5’ or 3’ nontranslated sequences, such as necessary ribosome binding sites, a polyadenylation site, splice donor and acceptor sites, and transcriptional termination sequences.

[0380] The proteins produced by a transformed host can be purified according to any suitable method. Such standard methods include chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity and sizing column chromatography, and the like), centrifugation, differential solubility, or by any other standard technique for protein purification. Affinity tags such as hexahistidine, maltose binding domain, influenza coat sequence, glutathione-S- transferase, and the like can be attached to the protein to allow easy purification by passage over an appropriate affinity column. Isolated proteins can also be physically characterized using such techniques as proteolysis, nuclear magnetic resonance and x-ray crystallography.

[0381] A vaccine can comprise an entity that binds a polypeptide sequence described herein. The entity can be an antibody. Antibody-based vaccine can be formulated using any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients as suitable and as understood in the art. In some embodiments, the peptides described herein can be used for making neoantigen specific therapeutics such as antibody therapeutics. For example, neoantigens can be used to raise and/or identify antibodies specifically recognizing the neoantigens. These antibodies can be used as therapeutics. The antibody can be a natural antibody, a chimeric antibody, a humanized antibody, or can be an antibody fragment. The antibody may recognize one or more of the polypeptides described herein. In some embodiments, the antibody can recognize a polypeptide that has a sequence with at most 40%, 50%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%,

73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%,

92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the antibody can recognize a polypeptide that has a sequence with at least 40%, 50%, 60%,

61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%,

80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%.

99%, or 100% sequence identity to a polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the antibody can recognize a polypeptide sequence that is at least 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%,

67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of a length of a polypeptide described herein. In some embodiments, the antibody can recognize a polypeptide sequence that is at most 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%,

93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% of a length of a polypeptide described herein.

[0382] The present disclosure also contemplates the use of nucleic acid molecules as vehicles for delivering neoantigen peptides/polypeptides to the subject in need thereof, in vivo, in the form of, e.g., DNA/RNA vaccines.

[0383] In some embodiments, the vaccine is a nucleic acid vaccine. In some embodiments, neoantigens can be administered to a subject by use of a plasmid. Plasmids may be introduced into animal tissues by a number of different methods, e.g., injection or aerosol instillation of naked DNA on mucosal surfaces, such as the nasal and lung mucosa. In some embodiments, physical delivery, such as with a“gene-gun” may be used. The exact choice of expression vectors can depend upon the peptide/polypeptides to be expressed, and is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan.

[0384] In some embodiments, the nucleic acid encodes an immunogenic peptide or peptide precursor. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid vaccine comprises sequences flanking the sequence coding the immunogenic peptide or peptide precursor. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid vaccine comprises more than one immunogenic epitope. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid vaccine is a DNA-based vaccine. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid vaccine is a RNA-based vaccine. In some embodiments, the RNA-based vaccine comprises mRNA. In some embodiments, the RNA-based vaccine comprises naked mRNA. In some embodiments, the RNA-based vaccine comprises modified mRNA (e.g., mRNA protected from degradation using protamine. mRNA containing modified 5’ CAP structure or mRNA containing modified nucleotides). In some embodiments, the RNA-based vaccine comprises single-stranded mRNA.

[0385] The polynucleotide may be substantially pure, or contained in a suitable vector or delivery system. Suitable vectors and delivery systems include viral, such as systems based on adenovirus, vaccinia virus, retroviruses, herpes virus, adeno-associated virus or hybrids containing elements of more than one virus. Non- viral delivery systems include cationic lipids and cationic polymers (e.g., cationic liposomes).

[0386] One or more neoantigen peptides can be encoded and expressed in vivo using a viral based system. Viral vectors may be used as recombinant vectors in the present disclosure, wherein a portion of the viral genome is deleted to introduce new genes without destroying infectivity of the virus. The viral vector of the present disclosure is a nonpathogenic virus. In some embodiments the viral vector has a tropism for a specific cell type in the mammal. In another embodiment, the viral vector of the present disclosure is able to infect professional antigen presenting cells such as dendritic cells and macrophages. In yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, the viral vector is able to infect any cell in the mammal. The viral vector may also infect tumor cells. Viral vectors used in the present disclosure include but is not limited to Poxvirus such as vaccinia virus, avipox virus, fowlpox virus and a highly atenuated vaccinia virus (Ankara or MV A), retrovirus, adenovirus, baculovirus and the like.

[0387] A vaccine can be delivered via a variety of routes. Delivery routes can include oral (including buccal and sub-lingual), rectal, nasal, topical, transdermal patch, pulmonary, vaginal, suppository, or parenteral (including intramuscular, intra-arterial, intrathecal, intradermal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by aerosolization, inhalation or insufflation. General information on drug delivery systems can be found in Ansel et ak, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (Lippencot Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore Md. (1999). The vaccine described herein can be administered to muscle, or can be administered via intradermal or subcutaneous injections, or transdermally, such as by iontophoresis. Epidermal administration of the vaccine can be employed.

[0388] In some instances, the vaccine can also be formulated for administration via the nasal passages. Formulations suitable for nasal administration, wherein the carrier is a solid, can include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 10 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. The formulation can be a nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebulizer. The formulation can include aqueous or oily solutions of the vaccine.

[0389] The vaccine can be a liquid preparation such as a suspension, syrup or elixir. The vaccine can also be a preparation for parenteral, subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular or intravenous administration (e.g., injectable administration), such as a sterile suspension or emulsion.

[0390] The vaccine can include material for a single immunization, or may include material for multiple immunizations (i.e. a‘multidose’ kit). The inclusion of a preservative is preferred in multidose arrangements. As an alternative (or in addition) to including a preservative in multidose compositions, the compositions can be contained in a container having an aseptic adaptor for removal of material.

[0391] The vaccine can be administered in a dosage volume of about 0.5 mL, although a half dose (i.e. about 0.25 mL) can be administered to children. Sometimes the vaccine can be administered in a higher dose e.g. about 1 ml.

[0392] The vaccine can be administered as a 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more dose-course regimen. Sometimes, the vaccine is administered as a 1, 2, 3, or 4 dose-course regimen. Sometimes the vaccine is administered as a 1 dose-course regimen. Sometimes the vaccine is administered as a 2 dose-course regimen.

[0393] The administration of the first dose and second dose can be separated by about 0 day, 1 day, 2 days, 5 days, 7 days, 14 days, 21 days, 30 days, 2 months, 4 months, 6 months, 9 months, 1 year, 1.5 years, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, or more.

[0394] The vaccine described herein can be administered every 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more years. Sometimes, the vaccine described herein is administered every 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more years. Sometimes, the vaccine described herein is administered every 4, 5, 6, 7, or more years. Sometimes, the vaccine described herein is administered once.

[0395] The dosage examples are not limiting and are only used to exemplify particular dosing regiments for administering a vaccine described herein. The effective amount for use in humans can be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve circulating, liver, topical and/or gastrointestinal concentrations that have been found to be effective in animals. Based on animal data, and other types of similar data, those skilled in the art can determine the effective amounts of a vaccine composition appropriate for humans.

[0396] The effective amount when referring to an agent or combination of agents will generally mean the dose ranges, modes of administration, formulations, etc., that have been recommended or approved by any of the various regulatory or advisory organizations in the medical or pharmaceutical arts (e.g., FDA, AMA) or by the manufacturer or supplier.

[0397] In some aspects, the vaccine and kit described herein can be stored at between 2°C and 8°C. In some instances, the vaccine is not stored frozen. In some instances, the vaccine is stored in temperatures of such as at -20°C or -80°C. In some instances, the vaccine is stored away from sunlight.

[0398] In some aspects provided herein is a method for treatment or prevention of cancer in a subject, the method comprising, (a) administering to the subject at least one dose of a first immunogenic composition and (b) sequentially administering to the subject at least one dose of a second immunogenic. In some embodiments the first immunogenic composition comprises a first peptide comprising a first neoepitope of a protein, and optionally a second peptide comprising a second neoepitope of the same protein, and the second immunogenic composition comprises the second peptide, and optionally the first peptide.

[0399] The term "immunogenic composition" refers to any pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein comprising neoantigenic determinant (e.g., a neoepitope) of a neoantigenic protein, which can be used to elicit an immune response in a mammal. The immune response can include a T cell response, a B cell response, or both a T cell and B cell response. The composition can serve to sensitize the mammal by the presentation of neoepitope in association with MHC molecules at the cell surface. In addition, neoantigen-specific T- lymphocytes or antibodies can be generated to allow for the future protection of an immunized host. The term "immune response" is meant to refer to any response to a neoantigen or neoantigenic determinant (e.g., neoepitope) by the immune system of a vertebrate subject, including humoral immune responses (e.g. production of antigen-specific antibodies) and cell-mediated immune responses (e.g. lymphocyte proliferation and/or activation).

[0400] In some embodiments, the first immunogenic composition is a prime dose or priming dose and the second immunogenic composition is a boost dose. A“prime dose” is the first dose of a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of a neoantigenic peptide administered to the subject. Administering a prime dose can induce a higher level of an immune response to the neoantigenic peptide upon subsequent administration with the same or a second neoepitope of the same neoantigenic peptide, than the immune response obtained by administration of the prime dose alone. A“boost dose” is a second or third, etc., dose of a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of a neoantigenic peptide administered to a subject that has already been exposed to a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of the same neoantigenic peptide. In some embodiments, the second immunogenic composition boosts or enhances an immune response induced by administering the first immunogenic composition.

[0401] In some embodiments, the method comprises administering at least one dose of the first immunogenic composition. In some embodiments the first immunogenic composition is administered prior to administration of the second immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, a dose of the first immunogenic composition is administered at least or about 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days, 21 days, 22 days, 23 days, 24 days, 25 days, 26 days, 27 days, 28 days, 29 days, 30 days, 31 days, 32 days, 33 days, 34 days, 35 days, 36 days, 37 days, 38 days, 39 days, 40 days, 41 days, 42 days, 43 days, 44 days, 45 days, 46 days, 47 days, 48 days, 49 days, 50 days, 51 days, 52 days, 53 days, 54 days, 55 days, 56 days, 57 days, 58 days, 59 days, 60 days, 70 days, 80 days, 90 days, or 100 days prior to administering the second immunogenic composition.

[0402] In some embodiments, the method comprises administering multiple doses of the first immunogenic composition prior to the second immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more doses of the first immunogenic composition prior to the administration of the second immunogenic composition. The multiple doses can be referred to as comprising an initial dose or first dose and one or more subsequent doses. The subsequent dose of the first immunogenic composition when administered occurs after the first dose of the immunogenic composition. Subsequent dose(s) of the first immunogenic composition can be administered in any interval of time following a preceding dose (e.g., a first dose) of the first immunogenic composition. For example, the subsequent dose of the fist immunogenic composition can be administered 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days, 21 days, 22 days, 23 days, 24 days, 25 days, 26 days, 27 days, 28 days, 29 days, 30 days, 31 days, 32 days, 33 days, 34 days, 35 days, 36 days, 37 days, 38 days, 39 days, 40 days, 41 days, 42 days, 43 days, 44 days, 45 days, 46 days, 47 days, 48 days, 49 days, 50 days, 51 days, 52 days, 53 days, 54 days, 55 days, 56 days, 57 days, 58 days, 59 days, 60 days, 90 days, or 100 days after the preceding dose of the first immunogenic composition.

[0403] In some embodiments, the method comprises administering at least one dose of the second immunogenic composition sequentially after the first immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, a dose of a second immunogenic composition is administered at least or about 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days, 21 days, 22 days, 23 days, 24 days, 25 days, 26 days, 27 days, 28 days, 29 days, 30 days, 31 days, 32 days, 33 days, 34 days, 35 days, 36 days, 37 days, 38 days, 39 days, 40 days, 41 days, 42 days, 43 days, 44 days, 45 days, 46 days, 47 days, 48 days, 49 days, 50 days, 51 days, 52 days, 53 days, 54 days, 55 days, 56 days, 57 days, 58 days, 59 days, 60 days, 70 days, 80 days, 90 days, or 100 days after administering a first immunogenic composition.

[0404] In some embodiments, the method comprises administering multiple doses of the second immunogenic composition after to the first immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more doses of the second immunogenic composition after the administration of the first immunogenic composition. The multiple doses can be referred to as comprising an initial dose or first dose of the second immunogenic composition and one or more subsequent doses. The first or initial dose of the second immunogenic composition is administered after administering the first immunogenic composition. The subsequent dose of the second immunogenic composition when administered occurs after the first dose of the second immunogenic composition. Subsequent dose(s) of the second immunogenic composition can be administered in any interval of time following a preceding dose (e.g., a first dose) of the second immunogenic composition. For example, the subsequent dose of the second immunogenic composition can be administered 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days, 21 days, 22 days, 23 days, 24 days, 25 days, 26 days, 27 days, 28 days, 29 days, 30 days, 31 days, 32 days, 33 days, 34 days, 35 days, 36 days, 37 days, 38 days, 39 days, 40 days, 41 days, 42 days, 43 days, 44 days, 45 days, 46 days, 47 days, 48 days, 49 days, 50 days, 51 days, 52 days, 53 days, 54 days, 55 days, 56 days, 57 days, 58 days, 59 days, 60 days, 90 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, or 180 days after the preceding dose of the second immunogenic composition.

[0405] In some embodiments, the method comprises at least two doses of the second immunogenic composition after the first immunogenic composition (e.g., a first dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the first immunogenic composition and a subsequent dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the preceding first dose of the second immunogenic composition). In some embodiments, the methods herein comprise at least three doses of the second immunogenic composition after the first immunogenic composition (e.g., a first dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the first immunogenic composition and two subsequent doses of the second immunogenic composition administered after the preceding first dose of the second immunogenic composition). In some embodiments, the methods herein comprise at least four doses of the second immunogenic composition after the first immunogenic composition (e.g., a first dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the first immunogenic composition and three subsequent dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the preceding first dose of the second immunogenic composition). In some embodiments, the methods herein comprise at least five doses of the second immunogenic composition after the first immunogenic composition (e.g., a first dose of the second immunogenic composition administered after the first immunogenic composition and four subsequent doses of the second immunogenic composition administered after the preceding first dose of the second immunogenic composition). The methods herein are not limiting as it relates to the number of doses for the first immunogenic composition and that of the second immunogenic composition that can be administered to the subject. One of skill in the art can easily determine the number of doses required to have a beneficial effect in the subject, for example, induction of enhanced immune response, reduction in tumor growth, reduction in tumor volume, reduction in metastasis, reduction in tumor reoccurence and the like.

[0406] The subsequent doses can be separated by about 0 day, 1 day, 2 days, 5 days, 7 days, 14 days, 21 days, 30 days, 2 months, 4 months, 6 months, 9 months, 1 year, 1.5 years, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, or more. A dose of the second immunogenic composition can be administered every 1 month, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, or more.

[0407] In some embodiments, the dose of the second immunogenic composition is lower than that of the first immunogenic composition. For example, the dose of the second immunogenic composition can be lower by about: 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 7.5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or more than the first immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, the dose of the first immunogenic composition is lower than that of the second immunogenic composition. For example, the dose of the first immunogenic composition can be lower by about: 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 7.5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or more than the first immunogenic composition. In some embodiments, the dose of the second immunogenic composition and the first immunogenic composition can be the same. In some embodiments, the subsequent dose can be lower than the preceding dose, for example by about: 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 7.5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or more.

[0408] The dosage examples are not limiting and are only used to exemplify particular dosing regiments for administering a vaccine described herein. The effective amount for use in humans can be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve circulating, liver, topical and/or gastrointestinal concentrations that have been found to be effective in animals. Based on animal data, and other types of similar data, those skilled in the art can determine the effective amounts of a vaccine composition appropriate for humans.

[0409] In some embodiments, the first immunogenic composition is a prime dose or priming dose and the second immunogenic composition is a boost dose. A“prime dose” is the first dose of a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of a neoantigenic peptide administered to the subject. A“boost dose” is a second or third, etc., dose of a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of a neoantigenic peptide administered to a subject that has already been exposed to a neoantigenic determinant part (e.g., a neoepitope) of the same neoantigenic peptide. In some embodiments, administering the second immunogenic composition sequentially after the first immunogenic composition can, for example, induce an enhanced immune response than that induced by administration of the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone.

[0410] The enhanced immune response comprises, for example, an increase in level of neoantigen specific immune cells (e.g., T lymphocytes, B- lymphocytes). A change in the level of an immune cell can comprise, for example, an increase in the number of immune cells or an increase in number of activated immune cells. As used herein, the terms level, number, count and concentration can be used interchangeably. The enhanced immune response can comprise, activating a T cell (e.g., from a naive T cell or a quiescent T cell). The change in level can be, for example, increase in the number of T cells, increase in the number of activated T cells, increase in the level of activity (e.g., level of effector function), rate of proliferation, or similar parameter of T cells involved in a specific response.

[0411] In some embodiments the enhanced immune response comprises increase in level of CD8+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class I HLA -peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD8+ T cell binds to a class II HLA- peptide complex comprising the first or a second peptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cell has an effector function of cytotoxicity. In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cell has an effector function of IFNy secretion.

[0412] In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of CD 8+ T cells to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of CD8+ T cells relative to a level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of CD8+ T cells by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of CD8+ Tcells by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of CD8+ T cells is increased so that CD8+ T cells comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of CD8+ T cells specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, and of treatment of cancer.

[0413] In some embodiments the enhanced immune response comprises increase in level of CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class I HLA -peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a TCR of a CD4+ T cell binds to a class II HLA- peptide complex comprising the first or a second peptide disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the CD4+ T cell has an effector function of activation of macrophages and/or activation of B cells.

[0414] In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of CD4+ T cells to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of CD4+ T cells relative to the level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of CD4+ T cells by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of CD4+ T cells by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of CD4+ T cells is increased so that CD4+ T cells comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of CD4+ T cells specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, or treatment of cancer.

[0415] In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response comprises increases in level of effector T cells. The term "effector T cells", as used herein, refers to T cells that can specifically bind to a class I HLA- peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide disclosed herein or a class II HLA peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide disclosed herein and mediate an immune response (effector function) without the need for further differentiation. Effector T cells are generally capable of exiting the lymphatic system and entering the immunological periphery. Phenotypically they are generally CD62L- CD44hi CDl07a+ IGN-y+ ETb+ TNF-a+ and actively cycling. The term,“effector function” as used herein relates to acquisition of cytolytic activity and/or cytokine secretion by a T cell upon activation. Examples of effector T cells include CTLs, THI cells, and TH2 cell. In contrast to effector T cells, naive T cells have not encountered their specific antigen:MHC complex, nor responded it to it by proliferation and differentiation into an effector T cell. Effector T cells can be resting (in the Go phase of the cell cycle) or activated (proliferating). In some embodiments, the effector T cells are CD8+ T cells, In some embodiments, the effector T cells are CD4+ T cells.

[0416] In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cells and CD4+ T cells are effector memory T cells. By “effector memory T cell” herein is meant T cells that express CD44+CD62Llo CDl27hi KLRGlhi, are differentiated because they have been exposed to an immunizing neoantigen and capable of responding to recall antigens, and shows efficient effector function (e.g., production of effector cytokines, cytotoxicity). The effector memory T cell can comprise increased CD95/FAS expression, and increased susceptibility to apoptosis, high levels of CDl la/CDl8, and heterogenous expression of the L-selectin, h4b7 integrin, and CD27 (Picker and Siegelman, (1999)“Lymphoid Tissues and Organs” in W. E. Paul, ed., Fundamental Immunology, 4 th ed., chapter 14, pp 479-531). In some embodiments the methods disclosed herein increase the level of effector memory T cells. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of effector memory T cells to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of effector memory T cells relative to a level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of effector memory T cells by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of effector memory T cells by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of effector memory T cells is increased so that effector memory T cells comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of effector memory T cells specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, or treatment of cancer.

[0417] In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cells and CD4+ T cells are terminal effector T cells. In some embodiments, By“terminal effector T cell” herein is meant T cells that express CD44+CD62L-/loCDl27- KLRGlhi surface markers. In some embodiments the methods disclosed herein increase the level of effector memory T cells. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of terminal effector T cells to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of terminal effector T cells relative to a level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of terminal effector T cells by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of terminal effector T cells by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of terminal effector T cells is increased so that terminal effector T cells comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of terminal effector T cells specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, or treatment of cancer.

[0418] In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cell and CD4+ T cell can be memory precursor. By“memory precursor” herein is meant T cells that express CD44+CD62L-/lo CD127-/+ KLRGllo/int surface markers. In some embodiments the methods disclosed herein increase the level of memory precursors. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of memory precursor to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of memory precursors relative to a level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of memory precursor by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of memory precursor by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of memory precursor is increased so that memory precursor comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of memory precursor specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, or treatment of cancer.

[0419] In some embodiments, the CD8+ T cell and CD4+ T cell can be central memory T cell. By“central memory T cell” herein is meant T cells that express CD44+ CD62Lhi CDl27hi KLRGllo surface markers. In some embodiments the methods disclosed herein increase the level of central memory T cells. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein can increase the level of central memory T cell to more than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% of the total immune cell population. In some embodiments, the methods disclosed comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition increases the level of central memory T cells relative to a level obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the methods herein increases the level of central memory T cells by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the level of central memory T cells by a factor of at least 10, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000. In some embodiments, the level of central memory T cells is increased so that central memory T cells comprise at least about 20%>, about 25%, about 30%>, about 35%, or about 40%> of the total immune cell population. An increase in the level of central memory T cells specific for the neoantigenic peptide as disclosed herein is indicative of inducing enhanced immune response, or treatment of cancer.

[0420] It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that both a cell culture system and the immune system of a subject comprise basal levels of immune cells and effector molecules (e.g. cytokines). The phrases basal level and normal level can be used interchangeably. As used herein, the basal level of a type of immune cell, or an effector molecule, refers to the average number of that cell type, or effector molecule, present in a population of individuals under a certain reference state (e.g., in an healthy individual, in an untreated individual, in an individual treated with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone, or in an individual treated with conventional cancer therapy such as chemotherapy) or the basal level of a type of immune cell, or an effector molecule, refers to the average level of that cell type, or effector molecule, present in a population of cells that is not-activated. Those skilled in the art are capable of determining a level of a particular immune cell in a population of such cells, or a in a biological sample. As used herein, the term“biological sample” has its general meaning in the art and refers to any sample which may be obtained from a subject (e.g., a recipient of a transplant) for the purpose of in vitro evaluation. A preferred biological sample is a blood sample (e.g. whole blood sample, serum sample, or plasma sample).

[0421] Methods to measure immune cells are well known in the art including methods based on identifying expression of specific surface marker proteins e.g., by flow cytometry. These methods of identification and isolation include FACS, column chromatography, panning with magnetic beads, western blots, radiography, electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), thin layer chromatography (TLC), hyperdiffusion chromatography, and the like, and various immunological methods such as fluid or gel precipitin reactions, immunodiffusion (single or double), Immunoelectrophoresis, radioimmunoassays (RIAs), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immuno fluorescent assays, and the like. For a review of immunological and immunoassay procedures in general, see Stites and Terr (eds.) 1991 Basic and Clinical Immunology (7th ed.) and Paul supra. For a discussion of how to make antibodies to selected antigens see Harlow and Fane (1989) supra.

[0422] Cell isolation or immunoassays for detection of cells during cell purification can be performed in any of several configurations, e.g., those reviewed in Maggio (ed.) (1980) Enzyme Immunoassay CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.; Tijan (1985) "Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays," Faboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., Amsterdam; Harlow and Fane, supra; Chan (ed.) (1987) Immunoassay: A Practical Guide Academic Press, Orlando, Fla.; Price and Newman (eds.) (1991) Principles and Practice of Immunoassays Stockton Press, NY; and Ngo (ed.) (1988) Non-isotopic Immunoassays Plenum Press, NY. Cells can be isolated and characterized by flow cytometry methods such a FACS analysis. A wide variety of fiow-cytometry methods are known. For a general overview of fluorescence activated flow cytometry see, for example, Abbas et al. (1991) Cellular and Molecular immunology W.B. Saunders Company, particularly chapter 3, and Kuby (1992) Immunology W.H. Freeman and Company, particularly chapter 6. FACS machines are available, e.g., from Becton Dickinson.

[0423] Fabeling agents which can be used to label cell antigen include, but are not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, proteins, or other polymers such as affinity matrices, carbohydrates or lipids. Detection proceeds by any known method, such as immunoblotting, western blot analysis, tracking of radioactive or biolumine scent markers, capillary electrophoresis, or other methods which track a molecule based upon size, charge or affinity.

[0424] The level of immune response or level of effector cells can also be determined by measuring effector T cell response. Effector T cell response can be detected by at least one indicator for example, a cytokine assay, an EFISPOT assay, a cytotoxicity assay, a tetramer assay, a DTH-response, a clinical response, tumor shrinkage, tumor clearance, inhibition of tumor progression, amelioration of a disease symptom, and the like. The methods can further include obtaining, detecting or assaying for an effector T cell response to a neoantigen. The effector function of T cells can be determined by the effector molecules that they release in response to specific binding of their TCR with HFA-neoantigenic peptide complex comprising the first or second peptide disclosed herein on the target cell. Cytotoxic effector molecules stored in lytic granules that can be released by cytotoxic CD8+ T cells include perform, granzymes, granulysin and Fas ligand. Perform forms transmembrane pores in the target cell. Granzymes are serine proteases which can trigger apoptosis. Granulysin induces apoptosis in the target cells. Fas ligand can also induce apoptosis in target cells. Other effector molecules that can be released by cytotoxic T cells include IFN-g, TNF-b and TNF- a. IFN-g inhibits viral replication and activates macrophages. TNF-b and TNF-a can participate in macrophage activation and in killing some target cells. [0425] Macrophage activating effector molecules that can be secreted by CD4+ THI cells include IFN-g, TNF-a, GM-CSF, CD40 ligand (CD 154) and Fas ligand. A subset of CD4+ TH1 cells can also assist in B- cell activation IFN-g and CD40 ligand activate macrophages to destroy engulfed bacteria. Other effector molecules that can be released by THI cells include IL-3, TNF- b (which inhibits B-cells), IL-2, CXCL2 and GRO . Fas ligand and TNF-b can kill cell chronically infected with intracellular bacteria. IL-2 induces T cell proliferation. IL-3 and GM- CSF induces macrophage differentiation. CCL2 induces chemotaxis of macrophages.

[0426] B-cell activating effector molecules that can be secreted by CD4+ TH2 cells include IL-4, IL-5, IL- 9, IL- 13 IL- 15 and CD40 ligand. Other effector molecules that can be released by TH2 cells include IL-3, GM-CSF, IL-IO (which inhibits macrophage activation), TGF-b, IL-2, CCL1 1 (eotaxin) and CCL 17 (TARC). Activated TH2 cells (and some THI cells) stimulate B cells to proliferate and differentiate when they recognize a specific antigemMHC class II complex displayed by a B cell.

[0427] In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response comprises a sustained immune response. As used herein, the term“sustained immune response” refers to maintaining in a subject an increase from the basal levels of immune cells (e.g., CD8+ T cells, CD4+ T cells, effector T cells, effector memory T cells) and effector molecules such as IFN-g. In some embodiments, the methods comprising administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been administered a first immunogenic composition as disclosed herein increases the time period for which an immune response is sustained in a subject to a level greater than that achieved by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response is sustained for at least about one day, 2 days, 5 days, 10 days, 20 days, 1 month, 2, months, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 5 years, or 10 years. The immune response can be cellular, T- and/or B-lymphocytes and/or humoral, as measured by in vitro assays such as T cell proliferation assays, cytotoxic assays, ELISA, RIA, gels, FACS analysis, Western Blot and the like. In some embodiments, the time for which the enhanced immune response is sustained is increased by at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or at least 95% than that obtained by administering a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. In another embodiment, the methods disclosed herein increases the time for which the enhanced immune response is sustained by a factor of at least 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 50, 60, 100, or 1,000 relative to that achieved by administration of a first immunogenic composition and a second immunogenic composition alone.

[0428] In some embodiments, the methods disclosed herein comprising administering at least one dose of a first immunogenic composition and at least one dose of a second immunogenic composition, can induce an increased anti-tumor effect than that induced by administering the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. The term "anti-tumor effect" as used herein, refers to a beneficial biological effect, which can be manifested by any one or more of: a decrease or stabilization of tumor volume, a decrease or stabilization of the number of tumor cells, a decrease or stabilization of the rate of tumor growth, a decrease or stabilization of the number of metastases, protection from tumor recurrence, an increase in life expectancy or survival of the subject with the tumor, an increase in life expectancy or survival without disease progression of the subject with the tumor or amelioration of various physiological symptoms associated with the cancerous condition. An "anti -tumor effect" can also be manifested by the ability of the methods and compositions disclosed herein to prevent the occurrence of tumor in the first place or the recurrence of the tumor. Given its properties, the methods disclosed herein can be used in the treatment of acute cancer, of dormant, controlled or stabilized cancer, as well as in cancer prophylaxis. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response induced by administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been previously administered a first immunogenic composition disclosed herein can reduce the tumor growth, tumor volume, number of metastases, tumor reoccurrence or a combination thereof to a level greater than that achieved by administering the first immunogenic composition or the second immunogenic composition alone.

[0429] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a reduction tumor size. A reduction in tumor size may also be referred to as“tumor regression”. Preferably, after treatment using the methods disclosed herein, tumor growth is reduced by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the reduction in tumor growth is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction of tumor growth is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. Size of a tumor may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement. In some embodiments, size of a tumor may be measured as a diameter of the tumor.

[0430] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a reduction in tumor volume. Preferably, after treatment with the methods disclosed herein, tumor volume is reduced by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the reduction in tumor volume is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction of tumor volume is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. Tumor volume may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement.

[0431] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a decrease in number of tumors. Preferably, after treatment, tumor number is reduced by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the decrease in number of tumors is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction in number of tumors is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. Number of tumors may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement. In some embodiments, number of tumors may be measured by counting tumors visible to the naked eye or at a specified magnification. In some embodiments, the specified magnification is 2x, 3*, 4*, 5*, 10*, or 50*.

[0432] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a decrease in number of metastatic lesions in other tissues or organs distant from the primary tumor site. Preferably, after treatment, the number of metastatic lesions is reduced by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the decrease in number of metastatic lesions is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction in metastases is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. The number of metastatic lesions may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement. In some embodiments, the number of metastatic lesions may be measured by counting metastatic lesions visible to the naked eye or at a specified magnification. In some embodiments, the specified magnification is 2*, 3*, 4*, 5 ^c , IO ^c , or 50x.

[0433] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a decrease in tumor growth rate. Preferably, after treatment, tumor growth rate is reduced by 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the reduction in tumor growth is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction of tumor growth is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. Tumor growth rate may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement. In some embodiments, tumor growth rate is measured according to a change in tumor diameter per unit time.

[0434] In some embodiments, treating cancer results in a decrease in tumor regrowth or tumor reoccurence. Preferably, after treatment, tumor regrowth is less than 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75% or greater relative to number prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the reduction in tumor regrowth is greater compared to that achieved by treatment with a first immunogenic composition or a second immunogenic composition alone. The level of reduction of tumor regrowth is 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% greater compared to level with treatment with the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. Tumor regrowth may be measured by any reproducible means of measurement. In some embodiments, tumor regrowth is measured, for example, by measuring an increase in the diameter of a tumor after a prior tumor shrinkage that followed treatment. In some embodiments, a decrease in tumor regrowth is indicated by failure of tumors to reoccur after treatment has stopped.

[0435] In some embodiments, the methods comprising administering at least one dose of a first immunogenic composition and at least one dose of a second immunogenic composition enhances survival of the subject to a level greater than that achieved by administering the first immunogenic composition or second immunogenic composition alone. In some embodiments, the enhanced immune response induced by administering a second immunogenic composition to a subject who has been previously administered a first immunogenic composition can enhance survival of the subject to a level greater than that achieved by administering the first or second immunogenic composition alone. The term "enhanced survival", as used herein, refers to a prolonged length of time during which the subject or patient is alive following treatment with the methods and compositions disclosed herein. Enhanced survival denotes the increased probability of staying free of disease progression for an individual suffering from cancer after a particular treatment. It is also used to describe the elevated percentage of individuals in a group whose disease is likely to remain stable (not showing signs of progression) after a specified duration of time, compared to a control group. It is also used to describe the elevated percentage of individuals in a group whose disease is likely to be cured (not showing signs of disease) after a specified duration of time, compared to a control group. This parameter may be measured by any one of the customary clinical endpoints denoted as "progression-free survival", "overall survival" and "disease free survival" used as an indication of the efficacy of a particular treatment.

[0436] In some embodiments, the survival is for a period of at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, at least five months, at least six months, at least seven months, at least eight months, at least nine months, at least ten months, at least eleven months, at least twelve months, at least thirteen months, at least fourteen months, at least fifteen months, at least sixteen months, at least seventeen months, at least eighteen months, at least nineteen months, at least twenty months, at least twenty-one months, at least twenty-two months, at least twenty-three months, or at least twenty-four months. In some embodiments, the survival is for a period of at least 1 year, at least 2 years, at least 3 years, at least 4 years, at least 5 years, at least 6 years, at least 7 years, at least 8 years, at least 9 years, or at least 10 years. In some embodiments, the enhanced survival is achieved in the absence of a booster dose or booster regimen. In some cases, the enhanced survival is achieved with an administration of a booster dose or booster regimen (e.g., administration of a second immunogenic composition after a prime dose of a first immunogenic composition) in one or multiple doses. In some cases, one or more booster doses (e.g., dose of a second immunogenic composition) are administered on the day of, or at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days, 21 days, 22 days, 23 days, 24 days, 25 days, 26 days, 27 days, 28 days, 29 days, 30 days, 31 days, 32 days, 33 days, 34 days, 35 days, 36 days, 37 days, 38 days, 39 days, 40 days, 41 days, 42 days, 43 days, 44 days, 45 days, 46 days, 47 days, 48 days, 49 days, 50 days, 51 days, 52 days, 53 days, 54 days, 55 days, 56 days, 57 days, 58 days, 59 days, 60 days, 65 days, 70 days, 75 days, 80 days, 85 days, 90 days, 95 days, 100 days, 105 days, 110 days, 115 days, 120 days, 125 days, 130 days, 135 days, 140 days, 145 days, 150 days, 155 days, 160 days, 165 days, 170 days 175 days, 180 days, 185 days, 190 days, 195 days, 200 days, 205 days, 210 days, 215 days, 220 days, 230 days or 240 days after the prime dose (e.g., dose of a first immunogenic composition).

Kits

[0437] The neoantigen therapeutic described herein can be provided in kit form together with instructions for administration. Typically the kit would include the desired neoantigen therapeutic in a container, in unit dosage form and instructions for administration. Additional therapeutics, for example, cytokines, lymphokines, checkpoint inhibitors, antibodies, can also be included in the kit. Other kit components that can also be desirable include, for example, a sterile syringe, booster dosages, and other desired excipients.

[0438] Kits and articles of manufacture are also provided herein for use with one or more methods described herein. The kits can contain one or more neoantigenic polypeptides comprising one or more neoepitopes. The kits can also contain nucleic acids that encode one or more of the peptides or proteins described herein, antibodies that recognize one or more of the peptides described herein, or APC-based cells activated with one or more of the peptides described herein. The kits can further contain adjuvants, reagents, and buffers necessary for the makeup and delivery of the vaccines.

[0439] The kits can also include a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the containers) comprising one of the separate elements, such as the peptides and adjuvants, to be used in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.

[0440] The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, bags, containers, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment. A kit typically includes labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also typically be included.

[0441] The present disclosure will be described in greater detail by way of specific examples. The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to limit the present disclosure in any manner. Those of skill in the art will readily recognize a variety of non-critical parameters that can be changed or modified to yield alternative embodiments according to the present disclosure. All patents, patent applications, and printed publications listed herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

EXAMPLES

[0442] These examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and not to limit the scope of the claims provided herein.

EXAMPLE 1 - Induction of CD4 ⁺ and CD8 ⁺ T cell responses

[0443] In vitro T cell inductions are used to expand neo-antigen specific T cells. Mature professional APCs are prepared for these assays in the following way. Monocytes are enriched from healthy human donor PBMCs using a bead-based kit (Miltenyi). Enriched cells are plated in GM-CSF and IL-4 to induce immature DCs. After 5 days, immature DCs are incubated at 37 °C with pools of peptides for 1 hour before addition of a cytokine maturation cocktail (GM-CSF, P b, IL-4, IL-6, TNFa, RϋEIb). The pools of peptides can include multiple mutations, with both shortmers and longmers to expand CD8 ⁺ and CD4 ⁺ T cells, respectively. Cells are incubated at 37 °C to mature DCs.

[0444] After maturation of DCs, PBMCs (either bulk or enriched for T cells) are added to mature dendritic cells with proliferation cytokines. Cultures are monitored for peptide-specific T cells using a combination of functional assays and/or tetramer staining. Parallel immunogenicity assays with the modified and parent peptides allowed for comparisons of the relative efficiency with which the peptides expanded peptide-specific T cells.

EXAMPLE 2 - Tetramer Staining Assay

[0445] MHC tetramers are purchased or manufactured on-site, and are used to measure peptide-specific T cell expansion in the immunogenicity assays. For the assessment, tetramer is added to 1 x 10 ⁵ cells in PBS containing 1% FCS and 0.1% sodium azide (FACS buffer) according to manufacturer's instructions. Cells are incubated in the dark for 20 minutes at room temperature. Antibodies specific for T cell markers, such as CD8, are then added to a final concentration suggested by the manufacturer, and the cells are incubated in the dark at 4 °C for 20 minutes. Cells are washed with cold FACS buffer and resuspended in buffer containing 1% formaldehyde. Cells are acquired on a FACS Calibur (Becton Dickinson) instrument, and are analyzed by use of Cellquest software (Becton Dickinson). For analysis of tetramer positive cells, the lymphocyte gate is taken from the forward and side-scatter plots. Data are reported as the percentage of cells that were CD8 ⁺ /tetramer ⁺ .

EXAMPLE 3 - Intracellular Cytokine Staining Assay

[0446] In the absence of well-established tetramer staining to identify antigen-specific T cell populations, antigen-specificity can be estimated using assessment of cytokine production using well-established flow cytometry assays. Briefly, T cells are stimulated with the peptide of interest and compared to a control. After stimulation, production of cytokines by CD4 ⁺ T cells (e.g., IFNy and TNFa) are assessed by intracellular staining. These cytokines, especially IFNy, used to identify stimulated cells.

EXAMPLE 4 - Analysis of Antigen-Specific T cells

ELISPOT Analysis

[0447] Peptide-specific T cells are functionally enumerated using the ELISPOT assay (BD Biosciences), which measures the release of IFNy from T cells on a single cell basis. Cells incubated with antigen overnight (16-18 hours) at 37 °C. The next day, the cell suspension was discarded, and wells were washed once with PBS, and twice with deionized water. For all wash steps in the remainder of the assay, wells were allowed to soak for 3 minutes at each wash step. Wells were then washed three times with wash buffer (PBS + 0.05% Tween- 20), and detection antibody (1:250) was added to all wells. Plates were incubated for two hours at room temperature. The detection antibody solution was discarded, and wells were washed three times with wash buffer. Avidin-HRP (1:250) was added to all wells, and plates were incubated for one hour at room temperature. Conjugate solution was discarded, and wells washed three times with wash buffer, then once with PBS. Substrate (3-amino-9-ethyl-carbazole, 0.1 M Acetate buffer, H202) was added to all wells, and spot development monitored (approximately 10 minutes). Substrate reaction was stopped by washing wells with water, and plates were allowed to air-dry overnight. The plates were analyzed on an ELISPOT reader (Cellular Technology Ltd.) with accompanying software. Spots corresponding to the number of IFNy- producing T cells are reported as the absolute number of spots per number of T cells plated.

Flow Cytometry Analysis [0448] MHC tetramers were purchased or manufactured on-site, and were used to measure peptide-specific T cell expansion in the immunogenicity assays. For the assessment, tetramer was added to 1 x 10 ⁵ cells in PBS containing 1% FCS and 0.1% sodium azide (FACS buffer) according to manufacturer's instructions. Cells were incubated in the dark for 20 minutes at room temperature. Cell surface antibodies were then added to a final concentration suggested by the manufacturer, and the cells were incubated in the dark at 4 °C for 20 minutes. CD8 T cells were identified by presence of markers such as CD3 and CD8 and absence of markers such as CD4, CDl lb, CDl lc and CD19. The phenotype of cells was assessed using markers such as CD44, CD62L, KLRG1, CD 127, PD-l, LAG-3 and TIM-3. Cells were washed with cold FACS buffer and resuspended in buffer containing 1% formaldehyde. Cells were acquired on a FACS Calibur (Becton Dickinson) instrument, and were analyzed by use of Cellquest software (Becton Dickinson). For analysis of tetramer positive cells, the lymphocyte gate was taken from the forward and side-scatter plots.

EXAMPLE 5 - CD107 Staining Assay

[0449] CD 107a and b were expressed on the cell surface of CD8 ⁺ T cells following activation with cognate peptide. The lytic granules of T cells have a lipid bilayer that contains lysosomal-associated membrane glycoproteins (“LAMPs”), which include the molecules CDl07a and b. When cytotoxic T cells are activated through the T cell receptor, the membranes of these lytic granules mobilize and fuse with the plasma membrane of the T cell. The granule contents are released, and this leads to the death of the target cell. As the granule membrane fuses with the plasma membrane, Cl07a and b are exposed on the cell surface, and therefore are markers of degranulation. Because degranulation as measured by CD 107a and b staining is reported on a single cell basis, the assay is used to functionally enumerate peptide-specific T cells. To perform the assay, peptide was added to HLA-A0201 -transfected cells ClRto a final concentration of 20 mM, the cells were incubated for 1 hour at 37 °C, and washed three times. 1 x 10 ⁵ of the peptide-pulsed C1R cells were aliquoted into tubes, and antibodies specific for CD 107a and b were added to a final concentration suggested by the manufacturer (Becton Dickinson). Antibodies were added prior to the addition of T cells in order to “capture” the CD 107 molecules as they transiently appear on the surface during the course of the assay. 1 x 10 ⁵ T cells from the immunogenicity culture were added next, and the samples were incubated for 4 hours at 37 °C. The T cells were further stained for additional cell surface molecules such as CD8 and acquired on a FACS Calibur instrument (Becton Dickinson). Data was analyzed using the accompanying Cellquest software, and results were reported as the percentage of CD8 ⁺ / CDl07a and b ⁺ cells.

EXAMPLE 6 - Cytotoxicity Assays

[0450] Cytotoxic activity was measured using a chromium release assay. Target T2 cells are labeled for 1 hour at 37 °C with Na ⁵¹ Cr and washed 5 x 10 ³ target T2 cells were then added to varying numbers of T cells from the immunogenicity culture. Chromium release was measured in supernatant harvested after 4 hours of incubation at 37 °C. The percentage of specific lysis was calculated as:

Experimental release-spontaneous release/Total release-spontaneous release x 100 EXAMPLE 7- Enhanced CD8 ⁺ T cell responses in vivo using lonnmers and shortmers sequentially [0451] Vaccination with longmer peptides can induce both CD4 ⁺ and CD8 ⁺ T cell responses, depending on the processing and presentation of the peptides. Vaccination with minimal shortmer epitopes focuses on generating CD8 ⁺ T cell responses, but does not require peptide processing before antigen presentation. As such, any cell can present the epitope readily, not just professional antigen-presenting cells (APCs). This may lead to tolerance of T cells that come in contact with healthy cells presenting antigens as part of peripheral tolerance. To circumvent this, initial immunization with longmers allows priming of CD8 ⁺ T cells only by APCs that can process and present the peptides. Subsequent immunizations boosts the initial CD8 ⁺ T cell responses (FIG. 3-12B).

In vivo immunogenicity assays

[0452] Nineteen 8-12 week old female C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Biosciences) were randomly and prospectively assigned to treatment groups on arrival. Animals were acclimated for three (3) days prior to study commencement. Animals were maintained on LabDiet™ 5053 sterile rodent chow and sterile water provided ad libitum. Animals in Group 1 served as vaccination adjuvant-only controls and were administered polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid (polyPC) alone at 100 pg in a volume of 0.1 mL administered via subcutaneous injection (s.c.) on day 0, 7, and 14. Animals in Group 2 were administered 50 pg each of six longmer peptides (described below) along with polyPC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0, 7 and 14. Animals in Group 3 were administered 50 pg each of six longmer peptides (described below) along with polyLC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0 and molar-matched equivalents of corresponding shortmer peptides (described below) along with poly I: C at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 7 and 14. Animals were weighed and monitored for general health daily. Animals were euthanized by C02 overdose at study completion Day 21, if an animal lost > 30% of its body weight compared to weight at Day 0; or if an animal was found moribund. At sacrifice, spleens were harvested and processed into single-cell suspensions using standard protocols. Briefly, spleens were mechanical degraded through a 70 pM filter, pelleted, and lysed with ACK lysis buffer (Sigma) before resuspension in cell culture media.

Peptides

[0453] Six previously identified murine neoantigens were used based on their demonstrated ability to induce CD8 ⁺ T cell responses. For each neoantigen, shortmers (8-11 amino acids) corresponding to the minimal epitope have been defined. Longmers corresponding to 20-27 amino acids surrounding the mutation were used.

Table 7 below shows the six peptide pairs (shortmer and longmers).

EXAMPLE 8 - Induction of long-term antigen-specific T-cell responses

[0454] A fundamental goal of many cancer vaccines is to elicit both short-term and long-term immunity. Short peptide vaccination may elicit ineffective long-term immunity because of suboptimal priming. To circumvent this, long peptides are using during the priming phase and short peptides are included at the boost phase to increase the T cell responses. Durability of responses can be determined by assessing T cell populations at least 60 days after initial vaccination (Fig. 13-22).

[0455] Eighteen 8-12 week old female C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Biosciences) were randomly and prospectively assigned to treatment groups on arrival. Animals were acclimated for three (3) days prior to study commencement. Animals were maintained on LabDiet™ 5053 sterile rodent chow and sterile water provided ad libitum. Animals in Group 1 served as vaccination adjuvant-only controls and were administered polyinosinic:polycytidylic acid (polyEC) alone at 100 pg in a volume of 0.1 mL administered via subcutaneous injection (s.c.) on day 0 and 21. Animals in Group 2 were administered 50 pg each of six longmer peptides (described below) along with polyEC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0 and 21. Animals in Group 3 were administered 50 pg each of six longmer peptides and molar-matched equivalents of corresponding shortmer peptides along with polyEC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0 and 21. Animals in Group 4 were administered 50 pg each of six longmer peptides along with polyEC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0 and 50 pg each of six longmer peptides and molar-matched equivalents of corresponding shortmer peptides along with polyEC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day 0. Animals were bled via retroorbital vein periodically throughout the study. Animals were weighed and monitored for general health daily. Animals were euthanized by C02 overdose at study completion Day 60, if an animal lost > 30% of its body weight compared to weight at Day 0; or if an animal was found moribund. At sacrifice, spleens were harvested and processed into single-cell suspensions using standard protocols. Briefly, spleens were mechanical degraded through a 70 mM filter, pelleted, and lysed with ACK lysis buffer (Sigma) before resuspension in cell culture media.

[0456] Table 3 lists an exemplary method for immunization with peptides comprising neoepitopes

(shortmers or longmers) for induction of antigen-specific T cell responses.

[0457] The administration regimen of Table 3 for the prime dose and boost are further described in FIG. 13. FIGs. 14A-22 described herein show induction of long-term antigen-specific T cell responses. The results also show inclusion of shortmers at prime and/or boost increases % Multimer+ cells as compared to use of longmers alone. Boosting at Day 21 increases % Multimer+ cells beyond the level observed after prime for most epitopes.

EXAMPLE 9 - Assess memory phenotype of antigen-specific CD8 T cells. [0458] Splenocytes were obtained from mice immunized with peptides comprising neoepitopes (shortmers or longmers) on day 0 and day 21 according to method of Table 3. The splenocytes were obtained one week or 5 weeks post-immunization for analysis of memory populations.

Flow Cytometry Analysis

[0459] MHC tetramers were purchased or manufactured on-site, and were used to measure peptide-specific T cell expansion in the immunogenicity assays. For the assessment, tetramer was added to 1 x 10 ⁵ cells in PBS containing 1% FCS and 0.1% sodium azide (FACS buffer) according to manufacturer's instructions. Cells were incubated in the dark for 20 minutes at room temperature. Cell surface antibodies were then added to a final concentration suggested by the manufacturer, and the cells were incubated in the dark at 4 °C for 20 minutes. CD8 T cells were identified by presence of markers such as CD3 and CD8 and absence of markers such as CD4, CDl lb, CDl lc and CD19. The phenotype of cells was assessed using markers such as CD44, CD62L, KLRG1, CD 127, PD-l, LAG-3 and TIM-3. Cells were washed with cold FACS buffer and resuspended in buffer containing 1% formaldehyde. Cells were acquired on a FACS Calibur (Becton Dickinson) instrument, and were analyzed by use of Cellquest software (Becton Dickinson). For analysis of tetramer positive cells, the lymphocyte gate was taken from the forward and side-scatter plots. CD8 T cell populations can be defined by surface markers, such as central memory (CD44 ^hl CD62L ^hi ), effector/effector memory (CD44 ^hi CD62L ¹ °), terminal effector (CD44 ^hl KLRGl+CDl27-) or memory precursor (CD44 ^hi KLRG 1 -CD 127+) .

EXAMPLE 10 - Methods for prevention of tumor growth by inducing anti-tumor immunity

[0460] To assay the functionality of antigen-specific T cells induced by vaccination, a prophylactic tumor model can be utilized. In brief, mice were vaccinated in different experimental groups and then challenged with tumor cells on the same day. The ability to slow or prevent the outgrowth of tumor was used as a measure of the functionality of the T cells elicited by vaccination (FIGs. 25-33E).

[0461] Fifty -one 8-12 week old female C57BL/6 mice (Taconic Biosciences) were randomly and prospectively assigned to treatment groups on arrival. Animals were acclimated for three (3) days prior to study commencement. Animals were maintained on LabDiet™ 5053 sterile rodent chow and sterile water provided ad libitum. Animals in Group 1 served as untreated controls. Animals in Group 2 were administered 50 pg each of irrelevant peptides (i.e., peptides for mutations not present in subsequent tumor challenge) along with polyLC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day -21 and -7. Animals in Group 3 were administered 50 pg each of three relevant longmer peptides (Repsl, Adpgk, Irgq) along with polyPC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day -21 and -7. Animals in Group 4 were administered molar-matched shortmer peptides (Repsl, Adpgk, Irgq) along with polyFC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day -21 and -7. Animals in Group 5 were administered 50 pg each of three longmer peptides (Repsl, Adpgk, Irgq) and molar-matched shortmer peptides (Repsl, Adpgk, Irgq) along with polyFC at 100 pg s.c. in a volume of 0.1 mL on day -21 and -7. On day 0, mice were implanted with 2xl0 ⁵ MC38 tumor cells subcutaneously. Animals were bled via retroorbital vein periodically throughout the study. Animals were weighed and monitored for general health daily. Animals were euthanized by C02 overdose if tumors reached 2000mm ³ , if tumors ulcerated, if an animal lost > 30% of its body weight compared to weight at Day 0; or if an animal was found moribund. At sacrifice, spleens were harvested and processed into single-cell suspensions using standard protocols. Briefly, spleens were mechanical degraded through a 70 mM filter, pelleted, and lysed with ACK lysis buffer (Sigma) before resuspension in cell culture media.

Table 4 lists an exemplary method for administration of peptides comprising neoepitopes (longmers or shortmers) for inducing anti-tumor immunity.

[0462] The administration regimen of Table 4 for the prime dose and boost are further described in FIG. 25. Following methods illustrated in Table 4, FIGs. 26A-33E show prime and boost immunization with longmers provided increased anti-tumor immunity compared to prime and boost immunization with shortmers or prime and boost immunization with a mixture of shortmers and longmers when administered according methods in Table 4.

EXAMPLE 11 - Methods for immunization

Table 5 lists an exemplary method for immunization with peptides comprising neoepitopes (shortmers or longmers) for induction of antigen-specific T cell responses.

Table 6 lists longmer and shortmer neoantigens used in the study

In vivo immunogenicity assay

The administration regimen of Table 5 for the prime dose and boost are further described in FIG. 34A.

ELISPOT analysis

[0463] ELISPOT analysis was conducted to measure ex vivo T cell responses to neoantigen as described above. Approximately 2xl0 ⁵ splenocytes in 100 pL was added to the wells along with 10 mM per peptide in the following antigen pools;

Longmer Stimulation Pool 1 = Alg8, Adpgk, Irgq

Longmer Stimulation Pool 2 = Lama4, Repsl, Obsll

Shortmer Stimulation Pool 3 = Alg8, Adpgk, Irgq Shortmer Stimulation Pool 4 = Lama4, Repsl, Obsll, or PMA/ionomycin positive control antigen, or vehicle.